Professional Documents
Culture Documents
TM4733 EN 2199 John Deere 6120 6220 6320 6420 6120L 6220L 6320L 6420 6520L Tractors Diagnosis and Tests Service Manual SEP06-1
TM4733 EN 2199 John Deere 6120 6220 6320 6420 6120L 6220L 6320L 6420 6520L Tractors Diagnosis and Tests Service Manual SEP06-1
AllTractorManuals.com
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen
Table of contents
FOREWORD
VERSION DATE
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 05 - Safety Information
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
Group ATC - ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group BCU - BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group BIF - BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group ECU - ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group EPC - EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group JDL - JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group PLC - PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group PRF - PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group SFA - SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group SIC - SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group SSU - SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group TCU - TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group TEC - TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group TEI - TEI Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group UIC - UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Group 20 - Engine
Group 40 - Electrical System
Group 50 - SyncroPlus Transmission
Group 51 - Power Reverser Transmission
Group 53 - AutoPowr/IVT Transmission
Group 55 - PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions
Group 56 - Drive Systems
Group 60 - Steering and Brakes
Group 70 - Hydraulic System
Group 80 - Miscellaneous
Group 90 - Operator′s Station
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
Group 45 - Electronics
Foreword
This “Diagnostics” manual is valid for the following tractor types:
This manual is written for experienced technicians. Essential tools required in performing
certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use.
Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the
cautions presented throughout the text of the manual.
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this
manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury.
Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides
containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing and repair.
Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of
operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures
and their causes.
Version date
01 July 2006
This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual,
be alert to the potential for personal injury.
“Important” - Information
Information designated as IMPORTANT points out possible problems that might lead to
damage to the machines. These problems can be avoided by heeding the appropriate
information.
“Note” - Information
Information designated as NOTE contains further details or restrictions relevant to the
preceding instructions. However, it can also be useful information that pertains to the
instructions, but is not directly relevant to it.
Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals. Machine will start in gear if normal
circuitry is bypassed.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start engine only from operator’s seat, with
transmission in neutral or park.
When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards.
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized
containers.
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously.
Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can
explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or
hydrometer.
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near
your telephone.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes.
If acid is swallowed:
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this
type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is
available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a
torch.
Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area to be affected by heating. If paint
cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator.
If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before
welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away.
Flammable spray can be generated by heating near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in
severe burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch
near pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can accidentally
burst when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.
Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an
enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension.
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the
area
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against
objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises.
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or
music headphones while operating machine.
Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep area clean and dry.
Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing
from power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate controls to relieve pressure. Lower
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 9 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information
equipment to the ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine to cool.
Securely support any machine elements that must be raised for service work.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage immediately. Replace
worn or broken parts. Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground cable (-) before making adjustments
on electrical systems or welding on machine.
On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from tractor before servicing electrical
system components or welding on machine.
Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe injury or machine damage.
Follow recommended procedure for removal and installation of components in the manual.
Faulty or broken tools can result in serious injury. When constructing tools, use proper,
quality materials, and good workmanship.
Do not weld tools unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job.
Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground before you work on the machine. If
the work requires that the machine or attachment be lifted, provide secure support for them.
If left in a raised position, hydraulically supported devices can settle or leak down.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under
continuous load. Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack. Follow
recommended procedures in this manual.
When implements or attachments are used with a machine, always follow safety precautions
listed in the implement or attachment operator′s manual.
Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside
or under the machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an
accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when
you work near machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get caught, severe injury
could result.
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving
parts.
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and procedures can create safety hazards.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S.
measurement tools on metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches.
Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death.
Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to
perform the job.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended
pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in
air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the
wheel.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to
stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
When servicing front-wheel drive tractor with the rear wheels supported off the ground and
rotating wheels by engine power, always support front wheels in a similar manner. Loss of
electrical power or transmission/hydraulic system pressure will engage the front driving
wheels, pulling the rear wheels off the support if front wheels are not raised. Under these
conditions, front drive wheels can engage even with switch in disengaged position.
Radar ground speed sensor emits a very low intensity microwave signal. It will not cause any
ill effects during normal use. Although intensity is low, DO NOT look directly into face of
sensor while in operation, to avoid any possible eye damage.
Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is
loosened or removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is
involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or
cutting. A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused.
Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the machine operator’s manual for correct
safety sign placement.
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment and ecology. Potentially harmful
waste used with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid,
filters, and batteries.
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers that
may mislead someone into drinking from them.
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can damage the Earth’s atmosphere.
Government regulations may require a certified air conditioning service center to recover and
recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste from your local environmental or
recycling center, or from your John Deere dealer.
Before returning machine to customer, make sure machine is functioning properly, especially
the safety systems. Install all guards and shields.
CAUTION:
Always shut off the engine and set the key switch to “OFF” before
connecting test equipment to the tractor.
CAUTION:
Always engage the parking lock when performing tests with the engine
running.
CAUTION:
When testing is performed with the engine running, there is a risk of injury
from rotating parts.
IMPORTANT:
Do not use test lamps on any control unit. Only use a multimeter
(JT05791A).
IMPORTANT:
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Instead, inside temperature is recorded via the sending unit for actual outlet air temperature.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC008 or ATC040, or template ATC900 - Sending unit (B127) for inside
air temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC008 and ATC040 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
ATC040 - Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature, signal voltage
Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
At the l.h. recirculated air filter, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B127; inside air
temperature) and of the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B127 Sending unit for inside air temperature
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the inside air temperature sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) , see 245-ATC.
ATC 000170.04 - Sending Unit for Inside Air Temperature, Short to Ground
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000170.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B127; for inside air
temperature). This indicates a short to ground in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Instead, inside temperature is recorded via the sending unit for actual outlet air temperature.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC008 or ATC040, or template ATC900 - Sending unit (B127) for inside
air temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC008 and ATC040 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
ATC040 - Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature, signal voltage
Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
At the l.h. recirculated air filter, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B127; inside air
temperature) and of the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B127 Sending unit for inside air temperature
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the inside air temperature sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) , see 245-ATC.
ATC 000171.03- Sending Units for Ambient Air Temperature, Shorted or Open
Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000171.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the front (B125) or rear (B126) sending units for
ambient air temperature. This indicates that the relevant circuit is shorted to a supply lead or
is open.
Alarm level: Information
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
If the front ambient temperature sending unit (B125) fails, ambient temperature is recorded
only via the rear sending unit (B126), and the other way round.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Check the sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature at the front:
Access address ATC013 or ATC042, or template ATC901 - Sending unit for ambient
temperature (front) .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 013 and ATC 042
complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
ATC042 - Sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front), signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts
Check the sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature at the rear:
Access address ATC014 or ATC043, or template ATC902 - Sending unit for ambient
temperature (rear) .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 014 and ATC 043
complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
ATC043 - Sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear), signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
NO:• Display for ambient temperature sending unit (front) not OK: GO TO 3 .• Display for
ambient temperature sending unit (rear) not OK: GO TO 5 .
( 3 ) Initial component test, sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front)
Action:
At the air cleaner, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B125; ambient temperature at
the front) and of the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B125 Sending unit for ambient temperature at the front
Result:
( 4 ) Checking the circuit, sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front)
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient Temperature at the Front) , see
245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient
Temperature at the Front) , see 245-ATC.
( 5 ) Initial component test, sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear)
Action:
At the rear right of the cab roof, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B126; ambient
temperature at the rear) and of the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B126 Sending unit for ambient temperature at the rear
Result:
( 6 ) Checking the circuit, sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear)
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient Temperature at the Rear) , see
245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient
Temperature at the Rear) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Check the connections in the circuit for the ambient temperature sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in:
Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient Temperature at the Front) ,
see 245-ATC.
Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient Temperature at the Rear) ,
see 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
If the front ambient temperature sending unit (B125) fails, ambient temperature is recorded
only via the rear sending unit (B126), and the other way round.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Check the sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature at the front:
Access address ATC013 or ATC042, or template ATC901 - Sending unit for ambient
temperature (front) .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 013 and ATC 042
complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
ATC042 - Sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front), signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts
Check the sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature at the rear:
Access address ATC014 or ATC043, or template ATC902 - Sending unit for ambient
temperature (rear) .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 014 and ATC 043
complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
ATC043 - Sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear), signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
NO:• Display for ambient temperature sending unit (front) not OK: GO TO 3 .• Display for
ambient temperature sending unit (rear) not OK: GO TO 5 .
( 3 ) Initial component test, sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front)
Action:
At the air cleaner, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B125; ambient temperature at
the front) and of the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B125 Sending unit for ambient temperature at the front
Result:
( 4 ) Checking the circuit, sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front)
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient Temperature at the Front) , see
245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient
Temperature at the Front) , see 245-ATC.
( 5 ) Initial component test, sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear)
Action:
At the rear right of the cab roof, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B126; ambient
temperature at the rear) and of the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B126 Sending unit for ambient temperature at the rear
Result:
( 6 ) Checking the circuit, sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear)
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient Temperature at the Rear) , see
245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient
Temperature at the Rear) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Check the connections in the circuit for the ambient temperature sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in:
Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient Temperature at the Front) ,
see 245-ATC.
Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient Temperature at the Rear) ,
see 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: ClimaTrak ™ functions at a reduced level or not at all.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the ignition
switched ON/OFF: Replace the ClimaTrak ™ controller (ATC).
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: ClimaTrak ™ functions at a reduced level or not at all.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the ignition
switched ON/OFF: Replace the ClimaTrak ™ controller (ATC).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Compressor clutch M02 is de-activated.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access address ATC017 or ATC044, or template ATC903 - Refrigerant pressure sending
unit .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 017 and ATC 044 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
At the receiver-drier, perform a visual inspection of refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)
and of the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B130 Refrigerant pressure sending unit
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the refrigerant pressure sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit
(B130) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Compressor clutch M02 is de-activated.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access address ATC017 or ATC044, or template ATC903 - Refrigerant pressure sending
unit .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 017 and ATC 044 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
At the receiver-drier, perform a visual inspection of refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)
and of the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B130 Refrigerant pressure sending unit
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the refrigerant pressure sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit
(B130) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Compressor clutch M02 cannot be switched on.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of air-conditioning relay (K09/4) and of the contacts associated
with it:
LEGEND:
A Relay box K01
B Relay box K02
C Fuse box F03
D Fuse box F04
E Fuse box F05
F Fuse box F06
G Fuse box F07
H Relay box K08
I Relay box K09
J Relay box K10
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Before doing a check of the contacts at air-conditioning relay (K09/4), see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Compressor clutch M02 cannot be switched on.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of air-conditioning relay (K09/4) and of the contacts associated
with it:
LEGEND:
A Relay box K01
B Relay box K02
C Fuse box F03
D Fuse box F04
E Fuse box F05
F Fuse box F06
G Fuse box F07
H Relay box K08
I Relay box K09
J Relay box K10
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Before doing a check of the contacts at air-conditioning relay (K09/4), see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Test:
Result:
YES:Reasons why the compressor clutch engages/disengages too frequently could not be
found: GO TO 9 .
NO:Reasons why the compressor clutch engages/disengages too frequently could be found:
• Refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130) not OK: GO TO 3 .
• Evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129) not OK: GO TO 5 .
• Air-conditioning relay (K09/4): GO TO 7 .
Action:
At the receiver-drier, perform a visual inspection of refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)
and of the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B130 Refrigerant pressure sending unit
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 9 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129) and of the
connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B129 Sending unit for evaporator core temperature
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-
ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 9 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of air-conditioning relay (K09/4) and of the contacts associated
with it:
LEGEND:
A Relay box K01
B Relay box K02
C Fuse box F03
D Fuse box F04
E Fuse box F05
F Fuse box F06
G Fuse box F07
H Relay box K08
I Relay box K09
J Relay box K10
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 9 .
Action:
Check the connections in the circuit, see summary of wiring layout in:
Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.
Circuit/Harness Test for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see
245-ATC.
Circuit/Harness Test for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) , see 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Compressor is switched off. The compressor is switched on again as soon as the coolant
temperature recorded while the diagnostic trouble code is active drops by 5 °C (41 °F).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: Diagnostic trouble codes indicating engine overheating
from other control units take priority.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: No restriction on functionality.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted: GO TO
2.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
ATC 000923.03- Driver Unit for the Fan Motors, Shorted Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000923.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
registers an excessively high voltage at line 956, which leads to the fan motor driver unit
(A59). This indicates a short to a supply lead somewhere in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 1.2
Action:
1.2
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the left (OFF).
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC005 .
Slowly turn the fan speed control through its entire range till it stops at the other
extreme.
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC005 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
In the heater/evaporator housing, perform a visual inspection of the driver unit for fan motors
(A59) and of the contacts associated with it:
LEGEND:
A59 Driver unit for fan motors
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motor Driver Unit (A59) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the fan motor driver unit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motor Driver Unit (A59) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 1.2
Action:
1.2
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the left (OFF).
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC005 .
Slowly turn the fan speed control through its entire range till it stops at the other
extreme.
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC005 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
In the heater/evaporator housing, perform a visual inspection of the driver unit for fan motors
(A59) and of the contacts associated with it:
LEGEND:
A59 Driver unit for fan motors
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motor Driver Unit (A59) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the fan motor driver unit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motor Driver Unit (A59) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 1.2
Action:
1.2
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the left (OFF).
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC005 .
Slowly turn the fan speed control through its entire range till it stops at the other
extreme.
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC005 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification
→NOTE:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of fan motors (M07 and M10), of the driver unit for fan motors
(A59) and of the contacts associated with them:
LEGEND:
M07 Fan motor
M10 Fan motor
A59 Driver unit for fan motors
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motors (M07 and M10) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the fan motors, see summary of wiring
layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motors (M07 and M10) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access addresses ATC007, ATC011, ATC018 and ATC044, or template ATC907 - 5-volt
components .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC007, ATC011, ATC018 and
ATC044 complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
Calibration 009
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for 5-volt Components , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections for the 5-volt power supply circuit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for 5-volt Power Supply in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for 5-volt Components , see 245-
ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access addresses ATC007, ATC011, ATC018 and ATC044, or template ATC907 - 5-volt
components .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC007, ATC011, ATC018 and
ATC044 complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
Calibration 009
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for 5-volt Components , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections for the 5-volt power supply circuit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for 5-volt Power Supply in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for 5-volt Components , see 245-
ATC.
ATC 001546.03- Potentiometer for Position of Water Valve, Shorted or Open Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001546.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer for positioning the water valve
(line 918). This indicates that circuit is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The water valve can only be controlled to a limited extent.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Turn the temperature control slowly to the right; the value on the display should
drop to 0 when the knob is as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should
return to 100 when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
→NOTE:
The value on the display may linger at a certain value (e.g. 100 or 0) when
the temperature control is turned. The position of the water valve is
determined by the ClimaTrak ™ controller via the position of the
temperature control in relation to the registered difference in temperature.
This ensures that the temperature changes at an even rate.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the water valve (B131) and of the contacts associated with it:
LEGEND:
B131 Water valve
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the water valve, see summary of wiring
layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The water valve can only be controlled to a limited extent.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Turn the temperature control slowly to the right; the value on the display should
drop to 0 when the knob is as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should
return to 100 when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
→NOTE:
The value on the display may linger at a certain value (e.g. 100 or 0) when
the temperature control is turned. The position of the water valve is
determined by the ClimaTrak ™ controller via the position of the
temperature control in relation to the registered difference in temperature.
This ensures that the temperature changes at an even rate.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the water valve (B131) and of the contacts associated with it:
LEGEND:
B131 Water valve
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the water valve, see summary of wiring
layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
ATC 001547.03- Sending Units for Evaporator Core Temperature, Shorted or Open
Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001547.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B129; for evaporator core
temperature). This indicates that circuit is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC020 or ATC045, or template ATC905 - Sending unit for evaporator
core temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 020 and ATC 045 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
ATC045 - Sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature, signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129) and of the
connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B129 Sending unit for evaporator core temperature
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-
ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the sending unit circuit for evaporator core
temperature, see summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit
(B129; Evaporator Core Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
ATC 001547.04- Sending Unit for Evaporator Core Temperature, Short to Ground
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001547.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B129; for evaporator core
temperature). This indicates a short to ground in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC020 or ATC045, or template ATC905 - Sending unit for evaporator
core temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 020 and ATC 045 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
ATC045 - Sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature, signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129) and of the
connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B129 Sending unit for evaporator core temperature
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-
ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the sending unit circuit for evaporator core
temperature, see summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit
(B129; Evaporator Core Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
ATC 001548.03- Sending Unit for Actual Outlet Air Temperature, Shorted or Open
Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001548.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B128; for actual outlet air
temperature). This indicates that circuit is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The water valve is adjusted according to the difference between actual temperature and
desired temperature.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Access address ATC010 or ATC041, or template ATC906 - Sending unit for actual outlet
air temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 010 and ATC 041 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
ATC010 - Sending unit (B128) for actual outlet air temperature, shown in °C
Display: Temperature -10.0-99.90 °C
ATC041 - Sending unit (B128) for outlet air temperature, signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B128; for actual outlet air temperature) and of
the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B128 Sending unit for actual outlet air temperature
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual Outlet Air Temperature) , see
245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual
Outlet Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the sending unit circuit for actual outlet air
temperature, see summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit
(B128; Actual Outlet Air Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
ATC 001548.04- Sending Unit for Actual Outlet Air Temperature, Grounded Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001548.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B128; for actual outlet air
temperature). This indicates a short to ground in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The water valve is adjusted according to the difference between actual temperature and
desired temperature.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Access address ATC010 or ATC041, or template ATC906 - Sending unit for actual outlet
air temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 010 and ATC 041 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification
ATC010 - Sending unit (B128) for actual outlet air temperature, shown in °C
Display: Temperature -10.0-99.90 °C
ATC041 - Sending unit (B128) for outlet air temperature, signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B128; for actual outlet air temperature) and of
the connector associated with it:
LEGEND:
B128 Sending unit for actual outlet air temperature
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual Outlet Air Temperature) , see
245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual
Outlet Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the sending unit circuit for actual outlet air
temperature, see summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit
(B128; Actual Outlet Air Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Turn the temperature control slowly to the right; the value on the display should
drop to 0 when the knob is as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should
return to 100 when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
→NOTE:
The value on the display may linger at a certain value (e.g. 100 or 0) when
the temperature control is turned. The position of the water valve is
determined by the ClimaTrak ™ controller via the position of the
temperature control in relation to the registered difference in temperature.
This ensures that the temperature changes at an even rate.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the water valve (B131) and of the contacts associated with it:
LEGEND:
B131 Water valve
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the water valve circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) in 245-ATC.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Turn the temperature control slowly to the right; the value on the display should
drop to 0 when the knob is as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should
return to 100 when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
→NOTE:
The value on the display may linger at a certain value (e.g. 100 or 0) when
the temperature control is turned. The position of the water valve is
determined by the ClimaTrak ™ controller via the position of the
temperature control in relation to the registered difference in temperature.
This ensures that the temperature changes at an even rate.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the water valve (B131) and of the contacts associated with it:
LEGEND:
B131 Water valve
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the water valve circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Turn the temperature control slowly to the right; the value on the display should
drop to 0 when the knob is as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should
return to 100 when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
→NOTE:
The value on the display may linger at a certain value (e.g. 100 or 0) when
the temperature control is turned. The position of the water valve is
determined by the ClimaTrak ™ controller via the position of the
temperature control in relation to the registered difference in temperature.
This ensures that the temperature changes at an even rate.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the water valve (B131) and of the contacts associated with it:
LEGEND:
B131 Water valve
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the water valve circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES: GO TO 6 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before checking the water valve for a mechanical defect, see also “Replace Water Valve”
(Repair manual, 90-10).
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
1. Before calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC Controller (Water
Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.
2. Delete the diagnostic trouble code and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131)
, see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
1. Before calibrating the water valve manually, see Address ATC022 –– Water valve,
calibrate .
2. Delete the diagnostic trouble code and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131)
, see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:If no ATC diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a problem at the water valve:
Check for mechanical defects at the water valve.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The ClimaTrak ™ controller operates in its basic mode. Temperature is set to 22 °C (72 °F).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should slowly
go down when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Turn the temperature control slowly to right. The value on the display should increase
slowly until the temperature control knob is turned as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC006 .
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Before replacing and calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC
Controller (Water Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The ClimaTrak ™ controller operates in its basic mode. Temperature is set to 22 °C (72 °F).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should slowly
go down when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Turn the temperature control slowly to right. The value on the display should increase
slowly until the temperature control knob is turned as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC006 .
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Before replacing and calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC
Controller (Water Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The ClimaTrak ™ controller operates in its basic mode. Fan speed is set at 75% of its
maximum output.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Slowly turn the fan speed control through its entire range.
Access address ATC003 .
Item Measurement Specification
Fan speed control not in OFF position, but at any position up to and
Status on
including maximum:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Before replacing and calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC
Controller (Water Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The ClimaTrak ™ controller operates in its basic mode. Fan speed is set at 75% of its
maximum output.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Slowly turn the fan speed control through its entire range.
Access address ATC003 .
Item Measurement Specification
Fan speed control not in OFF position, but at any position up to and
Status on
including maximum:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Before replacing and calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC
Controller (Water Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.
ATC 002000.09 - Engine Control Unit is not Transmitting any Data (Coolant
Temperature)
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 002000.09 is generated when there is a problem in transferring
data between the engine control unit (ECU) and the ClimaTrak ™ controller. Reception of the
CAN message regarding coolant temperature is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire).
Alarm level: Information
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no ECU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
Are additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS?
Result:
YES:If additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check
(Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS: GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Checking the ATC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access address ATC007 .
Turn the airflow mode switch to the following settings in order to check whether the
number displayed in address ATC007 complies with the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification
Calibration 009
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of adjusting motor (B132; for air distribution) and of the contacts
associated with it:
LEGEND:
B132 Adjusting motor for air distribution
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the adjusting motor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) in
245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access address ATC007 .
Turn the airflow mode switch to the following settings in order to check whether the
number displayed in address ATC007 complies with the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification
Calibration 009
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of adjusting motor (B132; for air distribution) and of the contacts
associated with it:
LEGEND:
B132 Adjusting motor for air distribution
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the adjusting motor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) in
245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access address ATC007 .
Turn the airflow mode switch to the following settings in order to check whether the
number displayed in address ATC007 complies with the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification
Calibration 009
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of adjusting motor (B132; for air distribution) and of the contacts
associated with it:
LEGEND:
B132 Adjusting motor for air distribution
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the adjusting motor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) in
245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access address ATC007 .
Turn the airflow mode switch to the following settings in order to check whether the
number displayed in address ATC007 complies with the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification
Calibration 009
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of adjusting motor (B132; for air distribution) and of the contacts
associated with it:
LEGEND:
B132 Adjusting motor for air distribution
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the adjusting motor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) in
245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access address ATC007 .
Turn the airflow mode switch to the following settings in order to check whether the
number displayed in address ATC007 complies with the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification
Calibration 009
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of adjusting motor (B132; for air distribution) and of the contacts
associated with it:
LEGEND:
B132 Adjusting motor for air distribution
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the adjusting motor lines, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) in
245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES: GO TO 6
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Action:
Before checking the air distribution for a mechanical defect, see also “Removing and
Installing the Mode Control for Position of Air Distribution Flaps (B132)” (Repair manual,
90-11).
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Before calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC Controller (Water
Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.
Delete the diagnostic trouble code and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor
(B132) for Air Distribution , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Before calibrating the adjusting motor for air distribution manually, see Address ATC023
–– Control mode (adjusting motor for air distribution), calibrate .
Delete the diagnostic trouble code and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor
(B132) for Air Distribution , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:If no ATC diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a problem at the adjusting
motor for air distribution: Check the adjusting motor for air distribution and control mode for
a mechanical defect.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted in the automatic mode.
In automatic mode, air distribution is always set at the “De-ice (windshield)” position.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access address ATC018 .
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC018 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of windshield defog sensor (B143) and of the connector
associated with it:
LEGEND:
B143 Defog sensor for windshield
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the defog sensor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Defog Sensor (B143) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted in the automatic mode.
In automatic mode, air distribution is always set at the “De-ice (windshield)” position.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access address ATC018 .
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC018 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of windshield defog sensor (B143) and of the connector
associated with it:
LEGEND:
B143 Defog sensor for windshield
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the defog sensor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Defog Sensor (B143) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems.
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted in the automatic mode.
In automatic mode, air distribution is always set at the “De-ice (windshield)” position.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access address ATC018 .
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC018 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of windshield defog sensor (B143) and of the connector
associated with it:
LEGEND:
B143 Defog sensor for windshield
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-
ATC.
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections in the defog sensor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Defog Sensor (B143) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems.
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Wrong value in the input address for the configuration of the wheel
speed sender.
Defective wheel speed sender (B09/B35).
Defective line connections (cable 531 or 502).
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Wheel Speed Sending Unit” , (Section 40, Group 30 in the Repair manual)
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Repair as required.
BCU 000168.17- System Voltage too Low (Engine Speed over 1500 rpm)
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000168.17 is saved if the operating voltage of the basic control
unit (ELX battery voltage) is less than 12.5 volts at an engine speed of more than 1500 rpm.
The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
NO:Repair as required.
Action:
Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (BCU operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
NO:Repair as required.
BCU 000168.18- System Voltage too Low (Engine Speed until 1500 rpm)
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000168.18 is saved if the operating voltage of the basic control
unit (ELX battery voltage) is less than 11.2 volts at an engine speed between 512 rpm and
1500 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (BCU operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• General information on the rear PTO: Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems - Summary of
References.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Signal from sender detected (rear PTO switched on): Status XXX1
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Supply voltage can only be checked with adapter wiring harness DFLX14 (
Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU immediately
interrupts the power supply:
• Disconnect solenoid valve connector X95 and install adapter wiring harness DFLX14.
• Ignition ON.
• Use a multimeter on adapter wiring harness DFLX14 to measure voltage between pins A
and B.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Check the circuit for short-circuits, repair if required and test the functionality.
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• General information on the rear PTO: Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems - Summary of
References.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2
Action:
Result:
YES:The rear PTO works when operated via rear PTO switch S21: Refer to diagnostics for
erroneous rear PTO speed sender (diagnostic trouble code BCU 000186.02, Section 211,
Group BCU).
NO: GO TO 2 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Supply voltage can only be checked with adapter wiring harness DFLX14 (
Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU immediately
interrupts the power supply:
• Disconnect solenoid valve connector X95 and install adapter wiring harness DFLX14.
• Ignition ON.
• Use a multimeter on adapter wiring harness DFLX14 to measure voltage between pins A
and B.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Refer to diagnostics for erroneous rear PTO solenoid valve (diagnostic trouble code BCU
302073.31, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Wrong value in the input address for the configuration of the engine
speed sender.
Defective engine speed sender (B01).
Defective line connections (cable 531 or 325).
Additional references:
• Replacing the Engine Speed Sending Unit (B01) , (Section 40, Group 30 in the Repair
manual)
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replacing the basic control unit (BCU).
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replacing the basic control unit (BCU).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 is additionally stored, refer to the diagnostic
trouble code procedure BIF 000639.02 - 29-bit CAN BUS, open circuit (Section 211, Group
BIF).
NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS: Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 is additionally stored, refer to the diagnostic
trouble code procedure BIF 000639.02 - 29-bit CAN BUS, open circuit (Section 211, Group
BIF).
NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS: Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the PTO Switch” (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair manual).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Wrong value in the input address for the function of the LTC coolant
pump.
Defective relay for LTC coolant pump K02/3.
Defective line connections (cable 374 or 310).
Defective/bad ground connection via ground point XGND44 to XGND5.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Coolant pump does not exist (PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmission): Status XX0
Result:
YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test on relay for LTC coolant pump K02/3 .
NO:Correct entry.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Wrong value in the input address for the configuration of the front
PTO speed sender.
Defective front PTO speed sender (B58).
Defective line connections (cable 301 or 550/531).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Check the input address for configuration of front PTO speed sender
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• General information on the front PTO: Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems - Summary of
References.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO: GO TO 6 .
Action:
Signal from sender detected (front PTO switched on): Status XX1X
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Supply voltage can only be checked with adapter wiring harness DFLX14 (
Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU immediately
interrupts the power supply:
• Disconnect solenoid valve connector X166 and install adapter wiring harness DFLX14.
• Ignition ON.
• Use a multimeter on adapter wiring harness DFLX14 to measure voltage between pins A
and B.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Check the circuit for short-circuits (for functional schematic refer to SE16B), repair if
required and test the functionality.
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• General information on the front PTO: Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems - Summary of
References.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the switch circuit (for the functional schematic of the circuit, refer to SE16B; for
the position of the components, refer to W8).
Action:
Signal from sender detected (front PTO switched on): Status XX1X
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Supply voltage can only be checked with adapter wiring harness DFLX14 (
Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU immediately
interrupts the power supply:
• Disconnect solenoid valve connector X166 and install adapter wiring harness DFLX14.
• Ignition ON.
• Use a multimeter on adapter wiring harness DFLX14 to measure voltage between pins A
and B.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Check the circuit for short-circuits (for functional schematic refer to SE16B), repair if
required and test the functionality.
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the PTO Switch” (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair manual).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing Switches on Multi-Function Unit” , (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair manual).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator.
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator
BCU 302071.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Turn Off the Rear PTO Switch
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302071.31 is generated if the rear PTO switch is already on
when the ignition key is turned.
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Amperage check with rear PTO engaged: Amperage 1 - 1.2 amps at 20°C and 12-volt nominal voltage
→NOTE:
The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for rear PTO solenoid valve (Y04) .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for rear PTO solenoid valve (Y04) .
BCU 302077.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Sit on Seat or Turn Off the Rear
PTO
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302077.31 is generated if the operator leaves his seat while the
rear PTO is switched on.
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Differential Lock Switch” , (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair manual).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Front-Wheel Drive Switch” , (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair manual).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Front-wheel drive switch set to OFF/Brake assist (switch S05) or OFF (switch S63): Status XX01
Result:
NO:- On tractors without HMS II, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for front-wheel drive switch
(S63) (without HMS II) .- On tractors with HMS II, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for front-wheel
drive switch (S05) (with HMS II).
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Wrong value in the input address for the configuration of the front
wheel drive.
Defective front wheel drive clutch solenoid (Y03).
Defective line connections (cable 555 or 310).
Defective/bad ground connection via ground point XGND45 to XGND1.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Amperage check when front-wheel drive clutch is 1 - 1.2 amps at 20°C and 12-volt
Amperage
disengaged: nominal voltage
→NOTE:
The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:
• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).
• Solenoid valve defective
Result:
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
BCU 302089.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Turn Off the Rear PTO Switch
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302089.31 is generated if the rear PTO switch, PTO preselector
switch or PTO remote control switch are already on when the ignition key is turned.
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replacing the basic control unit (BCU).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Wrong value in the input address for the configuration of the front
PTO.
Defective front PTO solenoid (Y01).
Defective line connections (cable 607 or 310).
Defective/bad ground connection (XGND9).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Amperage check with front PTO engaged: Amperage 1 - 1.2 amps at 20°C and 12-volt nominal voltage
→NOTE:
The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:
Result:
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
BCU 302123.31- Forward/Reverse Switch Signal Does not Match Signal of Not-
Neutral Switch
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302123.31 is saved when the basic control unit receives an
erroneous switch signal combination from the reverse drive lever. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily have any real meaning. It is often stored by chance when the main switch is
turned (ignition ON and OFF). For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or
more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code may occur without there being any
problem at the reverse drive lever (forward switch, reverse switch and
not-neutral switch). For this reason, delete this diagnostic trouble
code after starting the engine, then do an operational check. If this
diagnostic trouble code re-appears after the operational check, this
indicates a fault at the reverse drive lever (forward switch, reverse
switch and not-neutral switch).
Defective reverse drive lever:
reverse drive lever (A47) on tractors without "N" indicator light
reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655
reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398655
Defective line connection between the reverse drive lever and the
basic control unit (BCU).
Open lead in the circuit of the reverse drive lever.
Short circuit in the circuit of the reverse drive lever.
Shorted to ground in the circuit of the reverse drive lever
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Check signals from reverse drive lever to the basic control unit
Action:
Result:
YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact (check the reverse drive lever circuit to the basic
control unit): GO TO 4
NO: GO TO 3
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for detent coil in reverse drive lever .
NO: GO TO 4
Action:
LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 222 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
On tractors with "N" indicator light at reverse drive lever (A68), see:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ;
see 245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ;
see 245-EPC.
On tractors without "N" indicator light at reverse drive lever (A47), see:
Circuit/harness test for not-neutral switch ; see Technical Manual, Section 245,
Group EPC.
Circuit/harness test for forward switch ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group
EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse switch ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group
EPC.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the relay for alternator
K02/2.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Turn signal lights H34, H35, H42 and/or H43 might be defective.
Defective line connection between the basic control unit and the turn
signal lights.
Positive lead for left turn signal light (cable 125 and/or 126).
Positive lead for right turn signal light (cable 107 and/or 119).
Defective/bad ground connection from the turn signal lights:
XGND1 via ground point XGND45 (W08 - cab wiring harness).
XGND5 via ground point XGND44 (W08 - cab wiring harness).
XGND10 (W19 - cab roof wiring harness).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the circuit of turn signal lights (H34, H35, H42 and H43)
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Reference 240-10-021 , SE16E - Basic control unit (BCU) (hazard flasher and turn-signal
lights)
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective fuse F03/03 and/or F03/04 (by OOS tractors look to fuses
F105 and F106).
Defective line connection between the hazard warning light fuses and
the basic control unit (cable 112 and/or 182).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
BCU012 - Status, hazard warning light fuse F03/03 (left) F03/04 (right) or F105 (left) F106
(right)
If fuse F03/03 or F105 is OK: Status X1XX
Result:
( 3 ) Checking the circuit of hazard warning light fuses F03/03 and F03/04 (by OOS
tractors look to fuses F105 and F106)
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Reference 240-10-021 , SE16E - Basic control unit (BCU) (hazard flasher and turn-signal
lights)
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Check input address BCU066
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Headland Management (HMS) Switch” , (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair
manual).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for HMS program switch (S100) .
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code may occur without there being any
problem at the wiring harness connector. For this reason, delete this
diagnostic trouble code after starting the engine, then do an
operational check. If this diagnostic trouble code re-appears after the
operational check, this indicates a wrongly connected control unit.
Wrong control unit connected to BCU connector X483/1 and X483/2.
Open circuit (cable 544).
Defective basic control unit (BCU).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - Basic control unit (BCU) (power supply, acoustic alarm)
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
Determine whether additional diagnostic trouble codes (priority diagnostic codes) that
indicate a problem at a hitch sender have been saved.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:If no problem can be detected during the operational check: Repeat the hitch
calibration, see Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.
NO:Search the error memory for diagnostic trouble codes and repair if required.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
The hitch function of the basic control unit was not performed yet.
The calibration of the hitch function was prematurely aborted.
The calibration of the hitch function was not saved.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
Determine whether additional diagnostic trouble codes (priority diagnostic codes) that
indicate a problem at the basic control unit have been saved.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Calibration can not be saved (with instrument panel and performance monitor):
• Search the error memory for diagnostic trouble codes and repair if required.
• Check CAN BUS connection of Basic Control Unit.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code may occur without there being any
problem at the coil. For this reason, delete this diagnostic trouble
code after starting the engine, then do an operational check. If this
diagnostic trouble code re-appears after the operational check, this
indicates an open line or a defective coil.
Defective line connection between the stepper motor and the basic
control unit (cable 858 and 859).
Defective stepper motor (M08).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the stepper motor (M08) and the stepper motor connector
X92 (W30).
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
To test the stepper motor for shorted or open circuit, check continuity between stepper motor
terminals:
Between pin C (cable 855 / PH2+) and pin D (cable 854 / PH2-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms
Result:
NO:Replace the stepper motor and calibrate the hitch function of the BCU ( Reference 245-
BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control).
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code may occur without there being any
problem at the coil. For this reason, delete this diagnostic trouble
code after starting the engine, then do an operational check. If this
diagnostic trouble code re-appears after the operational check, this
indicates an open line or a defective coil.
Defective line connection between the stepper motor and the basic
control unit (cable 854 and 855).
Defective stepper motor (M08).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the stepper motor (M08) and the stepper motor connector
X92 (W30).
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
To test the stepper motor for shorted or open circuit, check continuity between stepper motor
terminals:
Between pin C (cable 855 / PH2+) and pin D (cable 854 / PH2-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms
Result:
NO:Replace the stepper motor and calibrate the hitch function of the BCU ( Reference 245-
BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control).
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective line connection between the stepper motor and the basic
control unit (cable 858 and 859).
Short or ground.
Defective stepper motor (M08).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the stepper motor (M08) and the stepper motor connector
X92 (W30).
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
To test the stepper motor for shorted or open circuit, check continuity between stepper motor
terminals:
Between pin C (cable 855 / PH2+) and pin D (cable 854 / PH2-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms
Result:
NO:Replace the stepper motor and calibrate the hitch function of the BCU ( Reference 245-
BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control).
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective line connection between the stepper motor and the basic
control unit (cable 854 and 855).
Short or ground.
Defective stepper motor (M08).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the stepper motor (M08) and the stepper motor connector
X92 (W30).
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
To test the stepper motor for shorted or open circuit, check continuity between stepper motor
terminals:
Between pin C (cable 855 / PH2+) and pin D (cable 854 / PH2-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms
Result:
NO:Replace the stepper motor and calibrate the hitch function of the BCU ( Reference 245-
BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control).
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
→NOTE:
Additional references:
→NOTE:
Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Additional references:
BCU 303049.02- Conflicting Signals from Quick Raise/Lower Switch and Remote
Switch
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.02 is stored if the rocker switch for quick raise/lower
and the remote switch are actuated simultaneously. This indicates a short in the signal leads.
NOTE: While the BCU is being calibrated, diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.02 may be
generated in conjunction with BCU 303027.31. In this context, you can safely disregard these
diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic trouble codes and check that the hitch
operates properly.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Software version is 2.2. Disregard these diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic
trouble codes and check that the hitch operates properly.
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
BCU 303049.03- Rapid Raise/Lower Rocker Switch, Signal Voltage Too High
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.03 is saved when the basic control unit detects a
voltage over 10.5 volts at the signal input of the rapid raise/lower rocker switch during
operation or calibration. This indicates a short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage)
in the switch circuit.
NOTE: While the BCU is being calibrated, diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.03 may be
generated in conjunction with BCU 303027.31. In this context, you can safely disregard these
diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic trouble codes and check that the hitch
operates properly.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Software version is 2.2. Disregard these diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic
trouble codes and check that the hitch operates properly.
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
BCU 303049.04- Rapid Raise/Lower Rocker Switch, Signal Voltage Too Low
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.04 is saved when the basic control unit detects a
voltage below 1 volt at the signal input of the rapid raise/lower rocker switch during operation
or calibration. This indicates that the switch′s circuit is open.
NOTE: While the BCU is being calibrated, diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.04 may be
generated in conjunction with BCU 303027.31. In this context, you can safely disregard these
diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic trouble codes and check that the hitch
operates properly.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Software version is 2.2. Disregard these diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic
trouble codes and check that the hitch operates properly.
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
3.1
IMPORTANT:
Check signal voltage of l.h. draft sensor (not under load). There should not
be any draft links attached to the draft sensor′s bearing pin.
Result:
NO:GO TO 3.2
Action:
3.2
For information on setting the draft sensor, see Reference 270-15-151 , Hitch - Checking and
Adjusting Draft Sensors.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
3.1
IMPORTANT:
Check signal voltage of l.h. draft sensor (not under load). There should not
be any draft links attached to the draft sensor′s bearing pin.
Result:
NO:• No display in address BCU 104: Check the 5-volt supply voltage at connector X89.•
Display not within specification: GO TO 3.2
Action:
3.2
For information on setting the draft sensor, see Reference 270-15-151 , Hitch - Checking and
Adjusting Draft Sensors.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
3.1
IMPORTANT:
Check signal voltage of r.h. draft sensor B19 (not under load). There should
not be any draft links attached to the draft sensor′s bearing pin.
Result:
NO:GO TO 3.2
Action:
3.2
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
3.1
IMPORTANT:
Check signal voltage of r.h. draft sensor B19 (not under load). There should
not be any draft links attached to the draft sensor′s bearing pin.
Result:
NO:• No display in address BCU 105: Check the 5-volt supply voltage at pin X90 or X71.•
Display not within specification: Check draft sensor circuit, GO TO 3.2
Action:
3.2
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts
→NOTE:
Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts
→NOTE:
Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
BCU 303054.03- Hitch Height Control Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too High
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303054.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates a short circuit
in the potentiometer circuit.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Control all the way forward (lower position): Voltage between 3.0 and 4.75 volts
→NOTE:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
BCU 303054.04- Hitch Height Control Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too Low
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303054.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates that the
potentiometer′s circuit is open.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Control all the way forward (lower position): Voltage between 3.0 and 4.75 volts
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:• No display in address BCU 107: GO TO 3 .• Display not within specification: Check the
potentiometer′s circuit.• GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Lift arms fully lowered: Maximum voltage 3.0 and 4.75 volts
→NOTE:
When the lift arms are fully lowered, the voltage must be at least 2 volts
higher than when they are fully raised. There should be no beep or sudden
change in voltage during the upward or downward movement.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for position sensor (B21) .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Lift arms fully lowered: Maximum voltage 3.0 and 4.75 volts
→NOTE:
When the lift arms are fully lowered, the voltage must be at least 2 V
higher than when they are fully raised (raise limit not activated). There
should be no beep or sudden change in voltage during the upward or
downward movement.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for position sensor (B21) .
NO:• No display in address BCU 108: GO TO 3 .• Display not within specification: Check the
potentiometer′s circuit. GO TO: Circuit/harness test for position sensor (B21) .
Action:
Result:
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts
→NOTE:
Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts
→NOTE:
Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts
→NOTE:
Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts
→NOTE:
Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Rockshaft′s Remote Control Switch” , (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair
manual).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
2.1
2.2
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO: GO TO 4
Action:
3.1
3.2
Result:
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Go through calibration procedure as far as step 8a “ Calibrating the Discharge Valve” . Refer
to Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.
Press the “LOWER” switch briefly, until the hitch starts to go down, then release the switch.
Display:
When 00000 appears, the discharge valve is calibrated and the value is stored.
If not: Center the stepper motor without leaving the calibrating address, and repeat from step
8a until the values are OK ( Reference 270-15-110 , Checking the Stepper Motor and Hitch
Valve).
Result:
Action:
Go through calibration procedure as far as step 8b “ Calibrating the Pressure Valve” . Refer to
Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.
Press the “RAISE” switch briefly, until the hitch starts to rise, then release the switch.
Display:
When 00000 appears, the pressure valve is calibrated and the value is stored.
If not: Center the stepper motor without leaving the calibrating address, and repeat from step
8a until the values are OK ( Reference 270-15-110 , Checking the Stepper Motor and Hitch
Valve).
Result:
NO:If the figures quoted here are still not obtained: Check the depth to which raising and
lowering valves are screwed in ( Reference 270-15-132 , Hitch Valve - Depth to Which Raising
and Lowering Valves are Screwed In).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
Action:
Check the circuit of the left draft sender (B20), refer to the diagnostic code procedures BCU
303051.04 –– Left Draft Sender, Signal Voltage Too Low and repeat the calibration.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:If diagnostic trouble code BCU 303251.02 reoccurs after the calibration and the circuit of
the left draft sender (B20) is OK: Replace the draft sender and repeat the calibration.
BCU 303251.03- Left Draft Sender, Signal Voltage Too High During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303251.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the left draft sender during the calibration
process. This indicates that the draft sensor′s circuit is shorted.
→NOTE:
Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303051.03 –– Left Draft Sender,
Signal Voltage Too High and repeat the calibration.
BCU 303251.04- Left Draft Sender, Signal Voltage Too Low During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303251.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the left draft sender during the calibration
process. This indicates that the draft sensor′s circuit is open.
→NOTE:
Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303051.04 –– Left Draft Sender,
Signal Voltage Too Low and repeat the calibration.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
Action:
Check the circuit of draft sensor B19 or draft potentiometer B41, refer to the diagnostic
trouble code procedure BCU 303052.04 –– Right Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low and
repeat the calibration.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:If diagnostic trouble code BCU 303252.02 reoccurs after the calibration and the circuit of
the right draft sensor B19 or draft potentiometer B41 is OK: Replace draft sensor/draft
potentiometer and repeat the calibration.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 330 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
BCU 303252.03- Right Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303252.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the right draft sensor during the calibration
process. This indicates that the draft sensor′s circuit is shorted.
→NOTE:
Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303052.03 –– Right Draft Sensor,
Signal Voltage Too High and repeat the calibration.
BCU 303252.04- Right Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303252.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the right draft sensor during the calibration
process. This indicates that the draft sensor′s circuit is open.
→NOTE:
Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303052.04 –– Right Draft Sensor,
Signal Voltage Too Low and repeat the calibration.
BCU 303255.03- Position Sender, Signal Voltage Too High During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303255.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the position sender potentiometer during the
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 331 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE:
Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303055.03 –– Position Sender, Signal
Voltage Too High and repeat the calibration.
BCU 303255.04- Position Sender, Signal Voltage Too Low During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303255.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the position sender potentiometer during the
calibration process. This indicates that the potentiometer′s circuit is open.
→NOTE:
Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303055.04 –– Position Sender, Signal
Voltage Too Low and repeat the calibration.
BCU 303260.16- Stepper Motor Raising Deadband Above Valid Range During
Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303260.16 is saved when the raising deadband of the stepper
motor (play between the adjustment cam of the stepper motor and the raise valve of the
hitch valve) detected during calibration is too large.
→NOTE:
Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303060.02 –– Stepper Motor
Deadband Out of Range and repeat the calibration.
BCU 303260.18- Stepper Motor Raising Deadband Below Valid Range During
Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303260.18 is saved when the raising deadband of the stepper
motor (play between the adjustment cam of the stepper motor and the raise valve of the
hitch valve) detected during calibration is too small.
→NOTE:
Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303060.02 –– Stepper Motor
Deadband Out of Range and repeat the calibration.
BCU 303261.16- Stepper Motor Lowering Deadband Above Valid Range During
Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303261.16 is saved when the lowering deadband of the stepper
motor (play between the adjustment cam of the stepper motor and the lower valve of the
hitch valve) detected during calibration is too large.
→NOTE:
Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303060.02 –– Stepper Motor
Deadband Out of Range and repeat the calibration.
BCU 303261.18- Stepper Motor Lowering Deadband Below Valid Range During
Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303261.18 is saved when the lowering deadband of the stepper
motor (play between the adjustment cam of the stepper motor and the lower valve of the
hitch valve) detected during calibration is too small.
→NOTE:
Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303060.02 –– Stepper Motor
Deadband Out of Range and repeat the calibration.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Access address BIF031 and compare the displayed fuel tank level with actual level in fuel
tank:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for fuel gauge sender (B03)
NO:GO TO 2.3
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Use a multimeter to measure between pins A and C at the fuel gauge sender connector:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Access address BIF031 and compare the displayed fuel tank level with actual level in fuel
tank:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO 2.3
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Use a multimeter to measure between pins A and C at the fuel gauge sender connector:
Result:
Diagnostic
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Access address BIF031 and compare the displayed fuel tank level with actual level in fuel
tank:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
2. Sender/pump adjustment:Position the sender/pump unit, to enable the float arm to sit
into a well leading away from the pump locating socket in the base of the tank. For
exact positioning, use a multimeter. The empty-position Ohm-value, when the
sender/pump unit is pressed down against its spring, needs to be 15 to 18 Ohm.The
pump socket can be seen from the underside of the tank, showing the position and
direction of the sender/pump guide for the sender arm.
→NOTE:
If the engine is running, the fuel gauge sender is connected to the wiring
harness and the lever of the sender moves from the "Empty" to the "Full"
position, it takes a few minutes before the display indicates the new fuel
level. Inside the BIF a delay relay (5 to 10 minutes) is installed.
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for Engine Oil Pressure Sender (B04) .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Engine Oil Pressure Sender (B04) .
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
1. Check air filter, and clean or replace elements (See Operator′s Manual for details).
2. Check condition of air intake hoses. Replace hoses that are cracked, split or otherwise
in poor condition.
3. Check tightness of hose clamps. Replace clamps that cannot be properly tightened. This
will help prevent dust, which could cause serious engine damage, from entering the air
intake system.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Checking Air Filter Indicator Light Sender (B02) in Diagnostic Address BIF012
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for air filter indicator light sender (B02) .
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 230-20-001 , Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems, Cold Weather Starting Aids -
Description of Components - Summary of References.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Clean dirty cooling system elements and perform a visual inspection of the cooling system:
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
• Access address BIF034 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual
temperature of the coolant:
ECU temperature gauge (only tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control
unit/ Denso HPCR injection pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):
• Access address ECU020 and compare the displayed temperature BIF display:
Result:
YES:BIF temperature reading does correspond to actual engine coolant temperature. Check
cooling system, GO TO 5 .
NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO: Circuit/harness test for coolant temperature sender (B08)
Action:
Result:
( 6 ) Engine diagnosis
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control unit (Denso HPCR injection pump
Status 002
/Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
ECU temperature gauge (only tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control
unit/ Denso HPCR injection pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):
• Access address ECU020 and compare the displayed temperature BIF display:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for coolant temperature sender (B08)
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO 3.3
Action:
Use a multimeter to measure between pins A and B at connector X262 (wiring harness W02):
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO: Circuit/harness test for coolant temperature sender (B08)
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
• Access address BIF034 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual
temperature of the coolant:
ECU temperature gauge (only tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control
unit/ Denso HPCR injection pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):
• Access address ECU020 and compare the displayed temperature BIF display:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for coolant temperature sender (B08)
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO 2.3
Action:
Use a multimeter to measure between pins A and B at connector X262 (wiring harness W02):
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO: Circuit/harness test for coolant temperature sender (B08)
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 230-20-001 , Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems, Cold Weather Starting Aids -
Description of Components - Summary of References
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Clean dirty cooling system elements and perform a visual inspection of the cooling system:
Result:
Action:
Result:
Action:
• Access address BIF034 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual
temperature of the coolant:
ECU temperature gauge (only tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control
unit/ Denso HPCR injection pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):
• Access address ECU020 and compare the displayed temperature BIF display:
Result:
YES:BIF temperature reading does correspond to actual engine coolant temperature. Check
cooling system, GO TO 5 .
NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO: Circuit/harness test for coolant temperature sender (B08)
Action:
Result:
( 6 ) Engine diagnosis
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
OK: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Filter not clogged: Status (pressure) X0X (No pressure in circuit, Sender is OPEN)
Filter not clogged: Status (pressure) X0X (No pressure in circuit, Sender is OPEN)
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:GO TO: • On tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Circuit/harness test for restriction
warning switch at hydraulic oil filter (B111) (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) .• On tractors with
PowrQuad and PowrQuad Plus transmissions, Circuit/harness test for restriction warning
switch at hydraulic oil filter (B111) .
OK: GO TO 3 .
Action:
The oil filter relief valve is activated (opened) by a restricted oil filter (increased differential
pressure before oil filter opens relief valve and the oil channel to the filter restriction switch
B07).
Closing pressure of pressure switch B07: Pressure max. 760 kPa (7.6 bar; 110 psi)
Opening pressure of pressure switch B07: Pressure max. 450 kPa (4.5 bar; 65 psi)
3.2 - Hydraulic oil filter circuit: The increasing differential pressure before the filter
directly activates differential pressure switch B111.
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2
Action:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission oil pressure sender (B31) .
NO:• Display shows 0XX in address BIF012 when engine OFF: Check circuit of sender, GO TO:
Circuit/harness test for transmission oil pressure sender (B31) .
• Display shows 1XX in address BIF012 when engine OFF: GO TO 2.2
Action:
• Perform the test while the engine is running and range shift lever is in neutral.
Access address EPC013 :
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors
Result:
YES:Replace transmission oil pressure sender (B31) and repeat the test.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO:Error indicates a problem with the PTO, differential lock or front-wheel drive: GO TO 5 .
Action:
For information on test ports, see Reference 255-15-002 , PowrQuad Transmission - Test
Ports.
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:GO TO 5.2
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:No voltage difference (more than 2 V) between the display in BIF032 and BCU032:•
Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for
alternator D+ voltage (B03)
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check the electrical connections of the charging system for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.
BIF 000167.17- D+ Voltage Too Low (Engine Speed Over 1500 rpm)
07
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000167.17 is saved if the D+ voltage of the alternator is less
than 12.5 volts at an engine speed of more than 1500 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES: • Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for alternator D+ voltage (B03)
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check the electrical connections of the charging system for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES: • Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for alternator D+ voltage (B03)
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check the electrical connections of the charging system for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (BIF operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
NO:Repair as required.
BIF 000168.17- System Voltage Too Low (Engine Speed Over 1500 rpm)
07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000168.17 is saved if the system voltage (battery voltage) is
more than 12.5 volts at an engine speed of more than 1500 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (BIF operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
BIF 000168.18- System Voltage Too Low (Engine Speed Up To 1500 rpm)
07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000168.18 is saved if the system voltage (battery voltage) is less
than 11.2 volts at an engine speed between 512 rpm and 1500 rpm. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (BIF operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 230-20-001 , Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems, Cold Weather Starting Aids -
Description of Components - Summary of References.
( 1 ) Preliminary checks
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
1. Check and clean side panels, front cover and screens (if equipped).
2. Check transmission oil level.
3. Check for leaks.
4. Check filter.
5. Check relevant oil tubes and pipes for bends.
6. Check the viscous fan drive: see Reference 230-15-090 , Checking the Viscous Fan
Drive.
7. Check drive belts.
8. Check for visual signs of damages at the oil cooling system.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Temperature reading of BIF does not correspond to actual hydraulic oil temperature: GO
TO 3 .
Action:
Access address BIF033 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual temperature
of the transmission oil:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Address BIF 33 displays the wrong value. GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil
temperature sender (B60) .
Action:
Result:
Action:
For information on test ports, see Reference 255-15-002 , PowrQuad Transmission - Test
Ports.
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 8 .
Action:
After a test drive with extensive checks, check for signs of overheating on the brake housing.
See Reference 260-15-001, Steering and Brakes, Tests and Adjustment - Summary of
References
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Access address BIF033 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual temperature
of the transmission oil:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .
NO:GO TO 2.3
Action:
Use a multimeter to measure between pin A and B at connector X307 (wiring harness W28):
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Address BIF033 displays the wrong value. GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil
temperature sender (B60) .
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Access address BIF033 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual temperature
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 407 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .
NO:GO TO 2.3
Action:
Use a multimeter to measure between pin A and B at connector X307 (wiring harness W28):
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Address BIF033 displays the wrong value. GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil
temperature sender (B60) .
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 230-20-001 , Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems, Cold Weather Starting Aids -
Description of Components - Summary of References.
( 1 ) Preliminary checks
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
1. Check and clean side panels, front cover and screens (if equipped).
2. Check transmission oil level.
3. Check for leaks.
4. Check filter.
5. Check relevant oil tubes and pipes for bends.
6. Check the viscous fan drive: see Reference 230-15-090 , Checking the Viscous Fan
Drive.
7. Check drive belts.
8. Check for visual signs of damages at the oil cooling system.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Temperature reading of BIF does not correspond to actual hydraulic oil temperature: GO
TO 3 .
Action:
Access address BIF033 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual temperature
of the transmission oil:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Address BIF033 displays the wrong value. GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil
temperature sender (B60) .
Action:
Result:
Action:
For information on test ports, see Reference 255-15-002 , PowrQuad Transmission - Test
Ports.
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 8 .
Action:
After a test drive with extensive checks, check for signs of overheating on the brake housing.
See Reference 260-15-001, Steering and Brakes, Tests and Adjustment - Summary of
References
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
ECU temperature gauge (only tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control
unit/ Denso HPCR injection pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:• Tractors Without Engine Control Unit or With ECU Level 1: Check engine speed sender,
GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Engine Speed Sender (B01) .• Tractors with Engine Control
Unit Level 11 or Level 12: Process ECU diagnostic trouble codes/check sender circuit (refer to
corresponding CTM).
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Engine Oil Pressure Sender (B04) .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 418 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace instrument panel (BIF).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Between pin D (cable 935) and pin A (cable 050) Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: GO TO 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors
with Cab) .
Action:
Disconnect connector X227 at cab roof wiring harness W19 (connector for A14 – passive 4-pin
terminating resistor) and use multimeter to measure:
Result:
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator.
→NOTE:
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 3 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 3 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 3 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 4 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 4 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE LOW
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 428 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 4 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE LOW
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 3 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 3 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 431 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 3 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 4 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 4 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE .
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 434 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 4 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 84 FMI 31 - VEHICLE SPEED MISMATCH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 3 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT
VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 3 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 438 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 3 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 4 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT
VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 4 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 441 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 4 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 7 - HAND THROTTLE OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL NOT
CALIBRATED CORRECTLY - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 13 - HAND THROTTLE OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL,
CALIBRATION INTERRUPTED in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 94 FMI 3 - FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 94 FMI 4 - FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 94 FMI 10 - FUEL RAIL PRESSURE LOSS DETECTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 94 FMI 13 - FUEL RAIL PRESSURE HIGHER THAN EXPECTED -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 94 FMI 17 - FUEL RAIL PRESSURE NOT DEVELOPED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 97 FMI 03 - INPUT VOLTAGE FROM WATER-IN-FUEL SENSOR
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 451 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 97 FMI 04 - INPUT VOLTAGE FROM WATER-IN-FUEL SENSOR
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 453 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 97 FMI 16 - WATER IN FUEL DETECTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 97 FMI 16 - WATER IN FUEL DETECTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 100 FMI 1 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE EXTREMELY LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 100 FMI 3 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 100 FMI 4 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 100 FMI 18 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE MODERATELY LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 3 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 3 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 4 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 4 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 16 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE MODERATELY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 16 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE MODERATELY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 0 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE EXTREMELY HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 0 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE EXTREMELY HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 3 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 3 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 469 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 3 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 4 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 4 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 472 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 4 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 15 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SLIGHTLY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 15 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SLIGHTLY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 16 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE MODERATELY
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 16 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE MODERATELY
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 158 FMI 17 - ECU POWER DOWN ERROR - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 158 FMI 17 - ECU POWER DOWN ERROR - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 160 FMI 2 - WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INPUT NOISE - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 3 - FUEL TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 3 - FUEL TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 4 - FUEL TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 4 - FUEL TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 16 - FUEL TEMPERATURE MODERATELY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 16 - FUEL TEMPERATURE MODERATELY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 189 FMI 00 - ENGINE SPEED DERATE - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 189 FMI 00 - ENGINE SPEED DERATE - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 0 - ENGINE RACING EXCESSIVELY - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 0 - ENGINE RACING EXCESSIVELY - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 490 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 0 - ENGINE RACING EXCESSIVELY - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 2 - ENGINE SPEED INPUT NOISE - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 16 - ENGINE SPEED SLIGHTLY HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 16 - ENGINE SPEED SLIGHTLY HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 611 FMI 3 - ELECTRONIC INJECTOR WIRING SHORTED TO
POWER SOURCE - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 611 FMI 4 - ELECTRONIC INJECTOR WIRING SHORTED TO
GROUND - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 620 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 620 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 620 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 620 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 627 FMI 1- ELECTRONIC INJECTOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE PROBLEM -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 629 FMI 13 - ECU ERROR - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section
04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 629 FMI 13 - ECU ERROR - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section
04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 636 FMI 02 - PUMP POSITION SENSOR INPUT NOISE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 636 FMI 08 - PUMP POSITION SENSOR INPUT MISSING -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 636 FMI 10 - PUMP POSITION SENSOR INPUT PATTERN ERROR -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 02 - CRANK POSITION INPUT NOISE - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 02 - CRANK POSITION INPUT NOISE - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 07 - CRANK POSITION/PUMP POSITION TIMING
MODERATELY OUT OF SYNC - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 08 - CRANK POSITION INPUT MISSING - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 10 - CRANK POSITION INPUT PATTERN ERROR -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 10 - CRANK POSITION INPUT PATTERN ERROR -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 651 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 1 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 651 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 1 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 651 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 1 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 652 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 2 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 652 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 2 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 652 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 2 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 653 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 3 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 653 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 3 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 653 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 3 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 654 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 4 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 654 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 4 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 654 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 4 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 655 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 5 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 655 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 5 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 655 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 5 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 656 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 6 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 656 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 6 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 656 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 6 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 676 FMI 3 - GLOW PLUG RELAY VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 676 FMI 5 - GLOW PLUG RELAY VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 729 FMI 3 - INLET AIR HEATER SIGNAL HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 533 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 729 FMI 5 - INLET AIR HEATER SIGNAL LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 535 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 810 FMI 2 - CALCULATED VEHICLE SPEED INPUT SIGNAL NOISE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 898 FMI 9 - ENGINE SPEED OR TORQUE MESSAGE INVALID -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 729 FMI 5 - INLET AIR HEATER SIGNAL LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 931 FMI 2 - PUMP CURRENT INSTABILITY - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 931 FMI 3 - PUMP CURRENT FEEDBACK INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 931 FMI 4 - PUMP CURRENT FEEDBACK INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-10A-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
transmissions).
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmission and TIER
I engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 931 FMI 15 - PUMP CURRENT OUT OF RANGE (ENGINE OFF) -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 931 FMI 31 - PUMP CURRENT NOT CONTROLLABLE - DIAGNOSTIC
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 543 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 1041 FMI 2 - START SIGNAL MISSING - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 1041 FMI 3 - START SIGNAL ALWAYS ACTIVE - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Wheel size does not match manufacturer specifications. • The wrong wheels are
installed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1069 FMI 9 - TIRE SIZE INVALID - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in
Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1069 FMI 31 - TIRE SIZE ERROR - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in
Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 0 - PUMP CONTROL VALVE CLOSURE TOO LONG -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 550 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 01 - PUMP CONTROL VALVE CLOSURE TOO SHORT -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 552 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 3 - PUMP SOLENOID CURRENT HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 554 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 5 - PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 556 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 6 - PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT SEVERELY SHORTED -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 558 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 7 - PUMP CONTROL VALVE CLOSURE NOT DETECTED -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 560 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 10 - PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT MODERATELY SHORTED
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 562 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 13 - CURRENT DROP - TIME FAULT - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 564 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 566 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 4 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 4 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 569 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 4 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1080 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1080 FMI 4 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1347 FMI 3 - PUMP CONTROL VALVE CURRENT HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1347 FMI 5 - PUMP CONTROL VALVE CURRENT MISMATCH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1347 FMI 7 - FUEL RAIL PRESSURE CONTROL ERROR -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM170.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1569 FMI 31 - FUEL DERATE - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in
Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1569 FMI 31 - FUEL DERATE - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in
Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 2000 FMI 6 - INTERNAL ECU FAULT - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.
• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).
• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 579 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Are other diagnostic trouble codes stored, indicating a general problem with the 29-bit CAN
BUS (BIF 000639.02)?
Result:
NO: BIF 000639.02 - 29 BIT CAN BUS, open circuit (section 211, group BIF) takes priority.
Action:
Check the inputs: see Address BCU077 - Basic Functions, Tractor Configuration , Section 245,
Group BCU in the Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2.
NO:Change the input value in the BCU and delete diagnostic trouble code.
Action:
Check the inputs: see Address BCU078 - Basic Functions, Engine Control Function , Section
245, Group BCU in the Technical Manual.
Result:
NO:Change the input value in the BCU and delete diagnostic trouble code (changes are not
adopted until the ignition has been switched off and then switched on again).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective battery.
Defective alternator G02.
Drive belt is defective or slipping.
High current requirements.
High resistance in wiring harness.
Defective lead connection to the transmission control unit (leads 572,
503 and 050).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Perform a visual inspection of the alternator, the battery and the drive belt:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle (above 512 rpm): Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Check line connections between ELX relay and EPC control unit for bad, loose, widened
or corroded contacts, GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240,
Group 15.
Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240, Group 15.
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts, GO TO 5 .
( 5 ) Checking the EPC′s operating voltage circuit (leads 503, 572 and 050)
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace transmission control unit (EPC).
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace transmission control unit (EPC).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and transmission is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and transmission is NOT operating properly: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
OK:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
EPC 000639.14- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate
19 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 000639.14 is saved when the EPC recognizes a very high error
rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This indicates a general problem in the CAN BUS.
Alarm level: Information.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and transmission is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and transmission is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and transmission is NOT operating properly: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
OK:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions)” (Repair
Manual, Section 55, Group 05).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes (EPC 306015.03 or EPC 306016.04) must be processed
first.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the clutch pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions)” (Repair
Manual, Section 55, Group 05).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the clutch pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group EPC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions)” (Repair
Manual, Section 55, Group 05).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the clutch pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions)” (Repair
Manual, Section 55, Group 05).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
EPC009 - Status, transmission enable signal (output signal of transmission enable relay
K09/5)
Reverse drive lever in neutral position and clutch pedal not pressed: Status X00XXXXX
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal not pressed: Status X11XXXXX
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal pressed: Status X00XXXXX
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission enable relay (K09/5) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal pressed: Status 0XXXXXXX
Result:
YES:Check the circuit of the transmission enable relay, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for
transmission enable relay (K09/5) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
NO:Check the circuit of the clutch pedal switch, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal
switch (S72) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:If software version is 8, 10, 12 or 14: Check that correct right reverse drive lever is
connected.
Action:
LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose
If the tractor is equipped with a reverse drive lever with an "N" indicator light from
Status 1
tractor serial number 398656 (A68/2):
Result:
YES: GO TO 4
NO:Change the input value in the EPC and delete diagnostic trouble code (changes are not
accepted until the ignition has been switched off and then switched on again).
Action:
On tractors with "N" indicator light at reverse drive lever (A68/1), see:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) ; see 245-EPC.
On tractors without "N" indicator light at reverse drive lever (A47), see:
Circuit/harness test for detent coil in reverse drive lever (A47) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” , Section 55, Group 10 in
the Repair Manual.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
The transmission control unit (EPC) provides electrical power to the enable
proportional solenoid valve (Y38) only if there is no problem in the circuit
of the direction solenoid valves (forward and reverse).
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in reverse position and 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
clutch pedal not pressed: tractors
1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for reverse solenoid valve (Y36) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” , Section 55, Group 10 in
the Repair Manual.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
The transmission control unit (EPC) provides electrical power to the enable
proportional solenoid valve (Y38) only if there is no problem in the circuit
of the direction solenoid valves (forward and reverse).
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in forward position and 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
clutch pedal not pressed: tractors
1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for forward solenoid valve (Y33) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” , Section 55, Group 10 in
the Repair Manual.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever and range shift lever in neutral) and if the clutch
pedal is not actuated. The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly
(modulating), depending on the engine speed, until the max. transmission
system pressure has been reached.
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors
1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)
Result:
solenoid valve (Y38) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
NO: Circuit/harness test for enable proportional solenoid valve (Y38) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Old software version: Software versions 2.01 and lower can be the
cause for this diagnostic trouble code.
Defective proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38).
Mechanical defect at proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38).
Sticks in open position.
Circuit fault in proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38).
A circuit problem additionally generates an EPC diagnostic
trouble code (EPC 306033.14 takes priority).
Defective enable pressure sending unit (B105).
Circuit fault at the enable pressure sending unit (B105).
A short circuit to battery voltage in the power supply circuit for
enable pressure sending unit (B105).
A short circuit to 5 or 12 volts in the signal line circuit for enable
pressure sending unit (B105).
Additional references:
• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” , Section 55, Group 10 in
the Repair Manual.
• “Replacing the Temperature Sensor and Pressure Switches” , Section 55, Group 10 in the
Repair Manual.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2 Priority diagnostic codes EPC 306033.14, EPC 306050.31, EPC 306054.31 or EPC
306055.31 must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Software version is 2.01 or lower: Load latest EPC software to the EPC control unit (for
software summary refer to MHM983).
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure sending unit (B105) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
( 4 ) Checking the pressure range of the enable pressure sending unit (B105)
Action:
→NOTE:
Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors
1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” , Section 55, Group 10 in
the Repair Manual.
• “Replacing the Temperature Sensor and Pressure Switches” , Section 55, Group 10 in the
Repair Manual.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure sending unit (B105) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
( 3 ) Checking the pressure range of the enable pressure sending unit (B105)
Action:
→NOTE:
Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors
1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
EPC 306039.31- Park Lock Switch Signal and Signal from Forward or Reverse
Switch Simultaneously Active
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306039.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
a direction signal (forward or reverse) from the reverse drive lever while the park lock is on
(park switch closed). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Park Lock Switch on Tractors with PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Transmissions” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).
• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: Diagnosis
completed.
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park switch (S114 or S116) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
LEGEND:
1 A47
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 638 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
LEGEND:
1 A47
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 641 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
EPC 306046.31- Neutral Switch in Reverse Drive Lever Closed During Initialization
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306046.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
that the neutral switch in the reverse drive lever is closed when ignition is switched on (i.e.
during initialization), although the neutral switch ought to be open.
Alarm level: Information
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose
Tractor is equipped with reverse drive lever (A68/2) with N indicator light (from tractor
Status 1
serial no. 398656)
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 6 .
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of reverse drive lever (A68/2) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
A68 Reverse drive lever
Result:
Action:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ; see
245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ; see
245-EPC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 6 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Reverse Drive Lever (A68/2) ,
see 245-EPC.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 646 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the reverse drive lever, see summary of
wiring layout in the circuit/harness test for the reverse drive lever.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ;
see 245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ;
see 245-EPC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-EPC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional EPC Circuit
Problems (EPC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Reverse Drive Lever (A68/2) ,
see 245-EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure sending unit (B105) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
( 3 ) Checking the pressure range of the enable pressure sending unit (B105)
Action:
→NOTE:
Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors
1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Replace the enable pressure sending unit (B105) and carry out an operational test.
“Replacing the Temperature Sensor and Pressure Switches” (Repair Manual, Section 55,
Group 10).
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure
sending unit (B105) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Temperature Sensor and Pressure Switches” (Repair Manual, Section 55,
Group 10).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure sending unit (B105) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
( 3 ) Checking the pressure range of the enable pressure sending unit (B105)
Action:
→NOTE:
Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors
1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Perform the pressure test at the direction clutch/brake with the engine running, the range
shift lever in neutral and the reverse drive lever in the relevant direction (i.e. the direction to
be checked).
Result:
YES:Replace the enable pressure sending unit and carry out an operational test.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions)” (Repair
Manual, Section 55, Group 05).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal pressed: Status 0XXXXXXX
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal switch (S72) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group EPC.
→NOTE:
IMPORTANT:
This diagnostic trouble code only serves to inform the operator that the
“Come-Home” mode is active. The control unit only recognizes the “Come-
Home operation” when the reverse drive lever is in neutral and the control
unit registers the “Come-Home connector K10/4 plugged in” signal within 2
seconds after the engine start.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Operator error: Operator is too slow in moving the reverse drive lever
to its forward or reverse position.
BCU software version number must be 2.2 or higher (BCU
software 2.2 or higher can correct this operator′s error).
EPC software version number must be 2.01 or higher (EPC
software 2.01 or higher can correct this operator′s error).
BCU software problem: Up to and including BCU software version 3.01,
code EPC 306057.31 may be stored as a follow-on fault of BCU
302123.31.
EPC software problem: Up to and including EPC software version 3.00
code EPC 306057.31 may be stored.
Defective transmission enable relay K09/5.
Circuit fault in the transmission enable relay:
Short to ground or open lead in the circuit for the transmission
enable signal (lead 553).
Open lead in the coil circuit (ground lead 560) between the basic
control unit (BCU) and transmission enable relay K09/5.
Circuit problem between reverse drive lever (A47, A68/1 or A68/2) and
BCU control unit (this problem causes diagnostic trouble code BCU
302123.31).
Short to ground or open lead in the circuit of the reverse drive
lever (forward signal 590, reverse signal 569 and/or not-neutral
signal 561).
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: Diagnosis
completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistor
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
EPC009 - Status, transmission enable signal (output signal of transmission enable relay
K09/5)
Reverse drive lever in neutral position and clutch pedal not pressed: Status X00XXXXX
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal not pressed: Status X11XXXXX
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal pressed: Status X00XXXXX
Result:
YES:• GO TO 5 .
• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable
relay (K09/5) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable relay (K09/5) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Action:
BCU software version number must be 3.02 or higher (see address BCU234 ).
EPC software version number must be 3.00 or higher (see address EPC234 ).
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Load latest software version to the appropriate control unit (for software summary refer
to MHM983).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Wheel Speed Sending Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 30).
• ”Replacing the Speed Sender” (Section 55, Group 25 in the Repair manual)
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
→NOTE:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission speed sender (B104) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
( 3 ) Check CAN BUS signal of ground speed sender in EPC control unit
Action:
XX0XXXXX
Result:
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
Circuit/harness test for wheel speed sending unit (B35) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group BCU.
Circuit/harness test for transmission speed sender (B104) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Circuit/harness test for wheel speed sending unit (B09) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group BCU.
Circuit/harness test for transmission speed sender (B104) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Speed Sender” , see Section 55, Group 25 in the Repair manual.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Diagnostic trouble code occurs during/after EPC transmission calibration: Only on tractors
with AutoQuad Plus transmission, the programmed relationship between forward gear and
reverse gear is switched ON (not set to zero): Set programmed relationship to zero, see
Reference 255-20-460 , AutoQuad Plus Transmission - Description of Shift Functions.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
→NOTE:
Result:
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Circuit/harness test for transmission speed sender (B104/2) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
EPC 306060.31- Engine Control Unit or Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Engine
Speed)
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306060.31 is saved when there is a problem with the
transference of data between the ECU/BCU and the transmission control unit. Reception of
engine speed data via the CAN BUS is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception
could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”. In the case of tractors with Delphi/Lucas injection pump (Level 1), the
transmission control unit (EPC) receives the engine speed from the BCU (via CAN BUS). In the
case of tractors DE10 injection pump (Level 12), the transmission control unit (EPC) receives
the engine speed from the engine control unit (ECU) via the CAN BUS.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO
TO 1.3.
Action:
1.3
Tractors equipped with Level 1 engine control unit (Delphi/Lucas injection pump)
F03/1
F04/1
F04/2
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit
CAN BUS: 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS:
• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 1 engine control unit (Delphi/Lucas injection pump),
GO TO 3 .
• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 12 (DE10 injection pump), GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 3 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 4 ) Checking the EPC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
→NOTE:
On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Speed Sender” , see Section 55, Group 25 in the Repair Manual.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
→NOTE:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Circuit/harness test for transmission speed sender (B104/2) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
( 4 ) Checking the pressure range of the enable pressure sending unit (B105)
Action:
→NOTE:
Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors
1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Enable pressure could neither be obtained with reverse drive lever in forward position nor
with reverse drive lever in reverse position.
Enable pressure could not be obtained with reverse drive lever in forward position.
Enable pressure could not be obtained with reverse drive lever in reverse position.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace transmission control unit (EPC).
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace transmission control unit (EPC).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-EPC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
transmissions.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO: GO TO 2 .
Action:
→NOTE:
On EPC software versions 8, 10, 12 and 14 the calibration values can be read one after the
other at address EPC039 .
With EPC software versions 13.05, 2.01 and 3.00 or higher the calibration values can be read
directly at the following addresses:
Result:
YES:Calibration values within tolerance range: Ignition ON/OFF and delete diagnostic trouble
code. If diagnostic trouble code appears as an active code, replace EPC control unit.
NO: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Fine-tuning
Action:
To bring calibration values within tolerance range, perform EPC fine-tuning procedure, see
Reference 245-EPC-002 , EPC - Fine-Tuning.
Result:
YES:Calibration values within tolerance range after fine-tuning. Delete diagnostic trouble
code and GO TO 4 .
NO:Calibration values not within tolerance range after fine-tuning. Replace EPC control unit.
Action:
Calibrate the transmission, see Reference 245-EPC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses.
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If the values are not within tolerance range after calibration, a mechanical or hydraulic
transmission problem exists: Reference 255-15-001 , ”PowrQuad Transmission - System
Check”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replace the Switch for Gear Selector and Auto-mode” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group
25).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the circuit of upshift and downshift switches (S48 and S49)
Action:
Press gear-shift switch (upshift) (S48) on gear-shift lever for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXX1XXX
Press gear-shift switch (downshift) (S49) on gear-shift lever for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXXX1XX
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Press gear-shift switch (upshift) on rocker switch (S81) for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXX1XXX
Press gear-shift switch (downshift) on rocker switch (S81) for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXXX1XX
Result:
YES:Check in Circuit/harness test for upshift and downshift switches (S48, S49 and S81) :
• Leads in Y-harness (connection to W11).
• Upshift switch S48 and/or downshift switch S49.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for upshift and downshift switches (S48, S49 and S81) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
Action:
Press upshift switch (S102) at shift lever for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXX1XXX
Press downshift switch (S102) at shift lever for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXXX1XX
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for upshift and downshift switches (S102 and S125) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
Action:
Press upshift switch on rocker switch (S125) for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXX1XXX
Press downshift switch on rocker switch (S125) for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXXX1XX
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for upshift and downshift switches (S102 and S125) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
EPC 306071.03- Power/ECO Mode Switch or Auto Mode Switch, Shorted Circuit
19
Tractors up to serial no. 398655: Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306071.03 is saved when the
transmission control unit registers the output signal (switch activated) for the Power/ECO
Mode switch directly after the ignition is switched ON. This indicates a short to the power
supply in the switch circuit. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that one
of the power/ECO mode switches is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Tractors from serial no. 398656: Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306071.03 is saved when the
transmission control unit registers the output signal (switch activated) for the Auto Mode
switch directly after the ignition is switched ON. This indicates a short to the power supply in
the switch circuit. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the Auto Mode
switch is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Operator error: The Power/ECO Mode switch was pressed when the
ignition was switched ON (S85).
Defective Power/ECO Mode switch (S85).
Circuit fault in Power/ECO Mode switch:
Short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the switch
circuit.
Tractors from serial no. 398656 (or from software version 13.05):
Operator error: Auto Mode switch (S102) on the gear-shift lever was
pressed when the ignition was turned ON.
Defective Auto Mode switch (S102) on the gear-shift lever.
Circuit fault in Auto Mode switch:
Short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the switch
circuit.
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Switch for AutoQuad Transmission” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).
• “Replace the Switch for Gear Selector and Auto-mode” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group
25).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Press Power mode switch for longer than 2 seconds: Status 1XXXXXXX
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Power/Eco Mode switch (S85) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 699 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Press Eco mode switch for more than 2 seconds: Status X1XXXXXX
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Power/Eco Mode switch (S85) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
Action:
Press Auto mode switch for more than 2 seconds: Status 1XXXXXXX
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Auto Mode switch (S102) , see 245-EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly turn the potentiometer through its full range. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
LEGEND:
B144 Auto-Mode potentiometer
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Before doing a check of the connections at the reverse drive lever, see summary of
wiring layout in the circuit/harness test for the reverse drive lever. Circuit/harness test
for Auto-Mode potentiometer (B144)
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-EPC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional EPC Circuit
Problems (EPC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Power/Eco Mode indicator lights (H68 and H75) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Power/Eco Mode indicator lights (H68 and H75) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Removing and Installing the Shift Valve Housing (Repair manual, Section 55, Group 10).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO: GO TO 2 .
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
→NOTE:
Gear K1 K2 K3
3rd gear
Gear Ratio
Result:
• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K1 solenoid valve
(Y40) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in the Technical Manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K1 solenoid valve (Y40) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in
the Technical Manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Removing and Installing the Shift Valve Housing Repair manual, Section 55, Group 10).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
→NOTE:
Gear K1 K2 K3
3rd gear
Result:
YES:• GO TO 3 .
• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K2 solenoid valve
(Y39) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in the Technical Manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K2 solenoid valve (Y39) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in
the Technical Manual.
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
→NOTE:
Gear K1 K2 K3
3rd gear
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K3 solenoid valve (Y32) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in
the Technical Manual.
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
→NOTE:
3rd gear
Result:
YES:• GO TO 5 .
• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for solenoid valve 1
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 714 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(Y62) , in 245-EPC.
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
→NOTE:
3rd gear
Result:
EPC 306120.09- Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Transmission Output Speed)
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306120.09 is saved when no transmission output speed signal
(ground speed) is registered via the CAN BUS for more than 2 seconds. This indicates a
problem in transmitting data between the basic control unit (BCU) and the EPC. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 1.3.
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4.
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 718 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 719 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the EPC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
→NOTE:
On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
EPC 306121.09- Engine Control Unit or Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Engine
Speed)
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306121.09 is saved when no engine speed is registered via the
CAN BUS for more than 2 seconds. This indicates a problem in transmitting data between the
engine control unit (ECU) or basic control unit (BCU) and the EPC. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. In the case of tractors with Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas
injection pump), the transmission control unit (EPC) receives the engine speed from the BCU
(via CAN BUS). In the case of tractors with Level 12 (DE10 injection pump), the transmission
control unit (EPC) receives the engine speed from the engine control unit (ECU) via the CAN
BUS.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective fuse:
F03/1 on tractors without engine control unit (ECU)
F04/1 on tractors with ECU Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas injection pump).
F04/1 (ignition) and F04/2 (battery) on tractors with Level 12
(DE10 injection pump).
A fault in the BCU′s or ECU′s monitoring circuit (faulty engine speed
sender B01 or crankshaft speed sender B72).
BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the basic
control unit or engine control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the basic control unit (ECU
002000.13, EPC 306123.09, SFA 324081.09 and/or SIC
334002.09).
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (EPC
306122.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit (EPC) causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit or engine control unit.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 722 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO
TO 1.3.
Action:
1.3
F03/1
Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/2
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4.
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
• If the tractor is equipped without engine control unit (ECU) or with a Level 1 engine control
unit (Delphi/Lucas injection pump), GO TO 3 .
• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 12 control unit (DE10 injection pump), GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 3 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 726 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Checking the EPC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
→NOTE:
On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 727 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Only with EPC software version 8 and 10: This diagnostic trouble code
appears on all tractors that do not have an engine control unit
(tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission). Deal with this diagnostic
trouble code only if the tractor is equipped an engine control unit
(ECU).
Wrong input values:
Wrong input value in address EPC135.
Wrong input value in address EPC029.
Wrong input value in address BCU020.
A blown fuse:
F04/1 on tractors with ECU Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas injection pump).
F04/1 (ignition) and F04/2 (battery) on tractors with ECU Level 12
(DE10 injection pump).
A fault in the ECU′s monitoring circuit (faulty potentiometers for hand
throttle/accelerator pedal).
ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit (ECU) causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (SFA
324080.09, SFA 324082.09 and/or SFA 334001.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit (EPC) causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit.
Additional references:
• Reference 245-ECU-200 , Theory of Operation (TIER I engine, ECU Level 1 with Delphi/Lucas
Injection Pump).
• Reference 245-ECU-204 , Theory of Operation (TIER II engine, ECU Level 12 with DE10
Injection Pump).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
→NOTE:
Check only the fuses if ECU is available. If not proceed with step 1.3.
Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/2
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.3.
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
Action:
Check input address BCU, see Address BCU020 - Basic functions, engine speed sending
unit/impulses per rev.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Put in correct value in address BCU020 and delete diagnostic trouble code.
Action:
Specificatio
Item Measurement
n
Manual gear selection and automatic speed matching activated (tractors equipped with
Status 00011
EPC Software version 13.05, 2.01 or higher):
Manual gear selection, automatic speed matching and automatic shifting activated
Status 111
(tractors equipped with EPC Software version 8, 10, 12 and 14):
Manual gear selection, automatic speed matching and automatic shifting activated
Status 00111
(tractors equipped with EPC Software version 13.05, 2.01 or higher):
→NOTE:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Put in correct value in address EPC135 and delete Diagnostic Trouble Code.
Action:
→NOTE:
Input address EPC029 is only with EPC Software version 13.05, 2.01 or
higher available.
Result:
YES:• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 1 engine control unit (Delphi/Lucas injection
pump), GO TO 5 .
• If the tractor is equipped with a or Level 12 engine control unit (DE10 injection pump), GO
TO 6 .
NO:Put in correct value in address EPC029 and delete Diagnostic Trouble Code.
Action:
→NOTE:
Reference 240-10-055 , SE23A Electronic Engine Control (TIER I, ECU Level 1 with
Delphi/Lucas injection pump).
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Reference 240-10-055 , SE23A Electronic Engine Control (TIER II, ECU Level 12 with
DE10 injection pump).
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
( 7 ) Checking the EPC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
→NOTE:
On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
EPC 306123.09- Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Engine Operating Hours)
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306123.09 is saved when no information on engine operating
hours is registered via the CAN BUS for more than 2 seconds. This indicates a problem in
transmitting data between the basic control unit (BCU) and the EPC. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 737 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.3.
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the EPC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
→NOTE:
On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 742 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check the controller connected to EPC connector X489 or X657 (is the correct controller
connected?).
Result:
NO:Connect the correct control unit to connector X489 or X657 and test its functionality.
Action:
• Ignition OFF.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 746 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE:
JDL 000639.14- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate
27 GOTO
The maximum number of CAN bus errors has been exceeded. Check bus voltages and
connections.
Alarm level: Information.
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 747 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 749 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 752 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 755 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
JDL 298887.31- Conflict Between Control Unit Configuration and Machine PIN
27
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 758 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 761 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE:
Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check
Additional references:
For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References
→NOTE:
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF):
• No other PLC diagnostic trouble codes are saved: Replace the controller (PLC).
• Other PLC diagnostic trouble codes ARE saved: PLC diagnostic trouble codes must be
processed first.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and park lock is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF):
• No other PLC diagnostic trouble codes are saved: Replace the controller (PLC).
• Other PLC diagnostic trouble codes ARE saved: PLC diagnostic trouble codes must be
processed first.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and park lock is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and park lock is NOT operating properly: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and park lock is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and park lock is NOT operating properly: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Sending Unit (B09, B35 or B84)” , Repair Manual, Section 56, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
X375 4 pin plug for transmission speed sender in harness W28 - front end of transmission
• Remove transmission output speed sender B84 and look for signs of dirt.
• Move a screwdriver blade rapidly back and forth in front of the sending unit. The display
should alternates between “0” and “1”:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission output speed sender (B84) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group
PLC.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 770 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission output speed sender (B84) ; see Technical
Manual, section 245, group PLC.
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Sending Unit (B09, B35 or B84)” , Repair Manual, Section 56, Group 15.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2 Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.
PLC 328101.31
PLC 328102.31
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Park lock control block, pressure 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi)
→NOTE:
If the reverse drive lever is in Power Zero position (with engine running),
the voltage is between 2.0 and 4.8 volts for 10 seconds. After 10 seconds
the voltage drops to between 0.3 and 0.75 volts.
Result:
OK:Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park lock′s
pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Go through the procedure for diagnostic trouble code PLC 328016.31 - Park
Lock Pressure Sender, Shorted Circuit .
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” (Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Voltage range (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) 010
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group PLC.
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Go through the procedure for diagnostic trouble code PLC 328020.31 - Park
Lock Solenoid Valve, Grounded or Open Circuit .
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” (Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 240-25-007 , Fuses and relays (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) from serial no.
398656
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no TCU diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the PLC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 330): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective battery.
Defective alternator G02.
Drive belt is defective or slipping.
High current requirements.
High resistance in wiring harness.
Defective lead connection to the park lock controller (lead 082).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Perform a visual inspection of the alternator, the battery and the drive belt:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240, Group
15.
• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240, Group 15.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 4 ) Checking the PLC′s operating voltage circuit (leads 082 and 330)
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
PLC 328050.31- Park Lock Alarm, Open or Shorted Circuit at Supply Line
31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328050.31 is saved if one of the following situations arises:
- The power supply line, ground line or signal line is open.
- The 5 volts power supply line is shorted to another (12 volts) power supply line.
This diagnostic trouble code triggers an alarm: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 240-25-007 , Fuses and relays (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) from serial no.
398656
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
A “10” in the address display implies a problem in signal line 635 (ground
by-passed). A “01” implies a problem in positive line 614, and a “00”
implies a problem in ground line 330 or a defective alarm K10/2.
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for alarm (K10/2) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group
PLC.
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Go through the procedure for diagnostic trouble code PLC 328050.31 - Park
Lock Alarm, Open or Shorted Circuit at Supply Line .
Additional References:
• Reference 240-25-007 , Fuses and relays (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) from serial no.
398656
PLC 328061.31- Signals Received from Reverse Drive Lever Do Not Match the CAN
BUS Command from the TCU
31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328061.31 is saved if park lock commands sent from the user
interface controller (UIC) to the PLC via the transmission control unit (TCU) and the CAN BUS
do not match with the direction signals from the reverse drive lever. In its “active” state, this
diagnostic trouble code also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the user interface
controller (UIC) or transmission control unit (TCU) and triggers an alarm: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no UIC diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
2.1 - Checking the switches for neutral, center park and the entire park lock range
at the PLC:
LEGEND:
1 Corner park lock
2 Center park lock
3 Neutral
4 Reverse drive lever
• Ignition ON.
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Where 2 and 3 overlap, all the switches are activated. In this range, the
display shows “111”.
PLC010 - Status, switch for neutral, center park lock and entire park lock range
Lever in range 2 (center park position): Status 1XX
Result:
NO:GO TO 2.2.
Action:
2.2 - Checking the switches for neutral, corner park and center park at the UIC:
LEGEND:
1 Corner park lock
2 Center park lock
3 Neutral
4 Reverse drive lever
→NOTE:
Where the individual signals overlap, two signals are displayed at the same
time.
• Ignition ON.
UIC006 - Signal for neutral, corner park and center park position
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 800 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:The problem lies in the harness between the reverse drive lever (S80) and park lock
controller PLC: Check circuit, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for neutral, corner park and center
park switches ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.
NO:If there is a general problem at the reverse drive lever, see reference 245-UIC-101,
Circuit Test for Reverse Drive Lever (S80) in Section 245, Group UIC of the Technical Manual.
PLC 328101.31- Power Supply to Park Lock Pressure Sender, Grounded Circuit
31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328101.31 is saved if the 5 volts power supply circuit of the park
lock pressure sender is shorted to ground. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
PLC034 - Voltage, 5 volts Power Supply for Park Lock Pressure Sender
5 volts power supply: Minimum voltage 4.75 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.
PLC 328102.31- Power Supply to Park Lock Pressure Sender, Shorted Circuit
31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328102.31 is saved if the 5 volts power supply circuit of the park
lock pressure sender is shorted to the power lead (battery voltage). This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the controller (PLC).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Check the control unit connected to PLC connector X382 (is the correct control unit
connected?).
Result:
NO:Connect the correct control unit to connector X382 and test its functionality.
Action:
• Ignition OFF.
Result:
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace performance monitor (PRF).
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace performance monitor (PRF).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 is additionally stored, refer to the diagnostic
trouble code procedure BIF 000639.02 - 29-bit CAN BUS, open circuit (Section 211, Group
BIF).
NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS: GO TO 2 .
Action:
2.1
2.2
Result:
YES:• Check CAN BUS connection of the performance monitor for contacts that are
loose/bad/slid back.• Check CAN BUS screen lines (cable +930 and/or -932).
OK:CAN BUS connection is OK: Replace PRF and carry out an operational test.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 is additionally stored, refer to the diagnostic
trouble code procedure BIF 000639.02 - 29-bit CAN BUS, open circuit (Section 211, Group
BIF).
NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS: GO TO 2 .
Action:
2.1
2.2
Result:
YES:• Check CAN BUS connection of the performance monitor for contacts that are
loose/bad/slid back.• Check CAN BUS screen lines (cable +930 and/or -932).
OK:CAN BUS connection is OK: Replace PRF and carry out an operational test.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
When testing the keys in the top two rows, always keep the "Area" key
pressed. This prevents the address from changing.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
When testing the keys in the bottom two rows, always keep the "Width"
key pressed. This prevents the address from changing.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the control unit (SFA).
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the control unit (SFA).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and front axle and/or cab suspension is operating
properly): Diagnosis completed.
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and front axle and/or cab suspension is not operating
properly: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
SFA 000639.14- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 000639.14 is saved when the SFA recognizes a very high error
rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This indicates a general problem in the CAN BUS.
Alarm level: Information.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and front axle suspension and/or cab suspension is
operating properly): Diagnosis completed.
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and front axle and/or cab suspension is operating
properly): Diagnosis completed.
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and front axle and/or cab suspension is not operating
properly: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
SFA 324025.13- Suspended Front Axle Control Unit (SFA) Incorrectly Calibrated
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324025.13 is saved if an erroneous signal is detected from one
or several senders during the calibration. If there is a problem at a sensor, an extra
diagnostic trouble code will be stored that is associated with the defective sensor. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
SFA diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defect at the sensors/solenoid valves should take
priority.
Result:
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Ensure that the tractor is standing on level ground during the calibration so
that it cannot roll and thus achieve ground speed.
Calibrate suspended front axle control unit: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and
Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
Result:
Action:
Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).
Result:
NO:Adjust the rod and recalibrate suspended front axle control unit: See Reference 245-
SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 6 .
NO: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Delete diagnostic trouble code. If diagnostic trouble code still persists, replace SFA
control unit and calibrate new SFA control unit. See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and
Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Ensure that the tractor is standing on level ground during the calibration so
that it cannot roll and thus achieve ground speed.
Calibrate suspended front axle control unit: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and
Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
Result:
NO:Delete diagnostic trouble code and carry out an operational test. If diagnostic trouble
code still persists, replace defective SFA control unit and calibrate new SFA control unit.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
SFA diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defect at the sensors/solenoid valves should take
priority.
Result:
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Ensure that the tractor is standing on level ground during the calibration so
that it cannot roll and thus achieve ground speed.
Calibrate the suspended front axle control unit (SFA): See Reference 245-SFA-002 ,
Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
Result:
Action:
Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).
Result:
NO:Adjust the rod and recalibrate the suspended cab control unit: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
Action:
Check connecting rod lever for deformation, see ”Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the
relevant Repair Manual.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Repair the lever and recalibrate the suspended cab control unit. See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 7.
NO:GO TO 6.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES:Delete diagnostic trouble code. If diagnostic trouble code still persists, replace SFA
control unit and calibrate new SFA control unit. See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and
Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Ensure that the tractor is standing on level ground during the calibration so
that it cannot roll and thus achieve ground speed.
Calibrate suspended front axle control unit: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and
Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
Result:
NO:Delete diagnostic trouble code and carry out an operational test. If diagnostic trouble
code still persists, replace defective SFA control unit and calibrate new SFA control unit.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Valve Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 90,
Group 30.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y42) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Valve Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 90,
Group 30.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y42) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Valve Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 90,
Group 30.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y43) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Valve Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 90,
Group 30.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y43) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Exploded View.
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y10) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Exploded View.
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y10) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Exploded View.
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y11) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Exploded View.
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y11) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324048.31- Up is Commanded by the Cab Suspension Control Unit, but the Cab
Moves Down
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324048.31 is saved when the control unit registers - via the
position sensor - a downward movement during calibration of the cab, although the control
unit ordered an upward movement (solenoid Y43 activated). This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes (SFA 324041.05, SFA 324042.04 and SFA 324043.05)
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
1.3 A general hydraulic problem is generating diagnostic trouble code SFA 324050.31 in
addition.
Result:
Action:
1.4 Check whether the service valve on the control block is open: see Reference 290-20-085
, Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.
Result:
NO:Close the service valve and delete the diagnostic trouble code.
Action:
To test solenoids Y42 and Y43, the suspended cab must be calibrated.
Calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses,
Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
Action:
Check the hydraulic circuit. See Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SFA 324049.31- Down is Commanded by the Cab Suspension Control Unit, but the
Cab Moves Up
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324049.31 is saved when the control unit registers - via the
position sensor - an upward movement during calibration of the cab, although the control unit
ordered a downward movement (solenoid Y42 activated). This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes (SFA 324040.04, SFA 324041.05 and SFA 324043.05)
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
1.3 A general hydraulic problem is generating diagnostic trouble code SFA 324050.31 in
addition.
Result:
Action:
To test solenoids Y42 and Y43, the suspended cab must be calibrated.
Calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses,
Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
Action:
• Check if solenoid valve (Y42) is stuck in closed position (refer to "Repairing the Solenoid
Valves" in Section 90, Group 25 in the Repair Manual).
• Check if solenoid valve (Y43) is stuck in open position (refer to "Repairing the Solenoid
Valves" in Section 90, Group 25 in the Repair Manual).
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 280-20-140 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - SFA Control Unit.
• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Components.
• Reference 280-20-180 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Raise”.
• Reference 280-20-190 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Lower”
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
To test solenoids Y10 and Y11, the suspended front axle must be calibrated.
Calibrate suspended front axle: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y10) .
Action:
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Reference
245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 280-20-140 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - SFA Control Unit.
• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Components.
• Reference 280-20-180 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Raise”.
• Reference 280-20-190 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Lower”
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
To test solenoids Y10 and Y11, the suspended front axle must be calibrated.
Calibrate suspended front axle: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y10) ; see Section 245, Group
SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Reference
245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 872 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Tractors with Level 11 (HPCR fuel system) or Level 12 (DE10 injection pump):
• Access address ECU012 :
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for engine speed sender (B01) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical manual.
NO:• Tractors without engine control unit or with ECU Level 1: Check engine speed sender,
GO TO: Circuit/harness test for engine speed sender (B01) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in
the Technical manual.
• Tractors with Level 11 or Level 12: Process ECU diagnostic trouble codes/check sender
circuit (refer to corresponding CTM).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Tractors with Level 11 (HPCR fuel system) or Level 12 (DE10 injection pump):
• Access address ECU012 :
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for engine speed sender (B01) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical manual.
NO:• Tractors without engine control unit or with ECU Level 1: Check engine speed sender,
GO TO: Circuit/harness test for engine speed sender (B01) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in
the Technical manual.
• Tractors with Level 11 or Level 12: Process ECU diagnostic trouble codes/check sender
circuit (refer to corresponding CTM).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 280-20-140 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - SFA Control Unit.
• Reference 280-20-180 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Raise”.
• Reference 280-20-190 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Diagram, Level
Control (Down)
• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Components.
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
To test solenoids Y10 and Y11, the suspended front axle must be calibrated.
Calibrate suspended front axle: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 1 (Y10) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 2 (Y11) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Check for mechanical defects at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.
“Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Reference
245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 280-20-140 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - SFA Control Unit.
• Reference 280-20-180 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Raise”.
• Reference 280-20-190 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Diagram, Level
Control (Down)
• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Components.
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
To test solenoids Y10 and Y11, the suspended front axle must be calibrated.
Calibrate suspended front axle: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 1 (Y10) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 2 (Y11) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Check for mechanical defects at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.
“Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Reference
245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SFA 324062.31- No Axle Movement During Travel Although Command Was Given
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324062.31 is saved when the control unit does not register any
axle movement - via the position sensor - within 60 seconds during travel (ground speed
more than 10 km/h / 6.2 mph), although the control unit ordered an axle movement. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 280-20-140 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - SFA Control Unit.
• Reference 280-20-180 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Raise”.
• Reference 280-20-190 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Diagram, Level
Control (Down)
• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Components.
• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
To test solenoids Y10 and Y11, the suspended front axle must be calibrated.
Calibrate suspended front axle: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 1 (Y10) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 2 (Y11) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Check for mechanical defects at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.
“Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Reference
245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
To test solenoids Y42 and Y43, the suspended cab must be calibrated.
Calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses,
Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y42) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y43) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
For more detailed information, see Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension
- Control Block, Components.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
Action:
Check the hydraulic circuit. See Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
To test solenoids Y42 and Y43, the suspended cab must be calibrated.
Calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses,
Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y42) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y43) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
For more detailed information, see Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension
- Control Block, Components.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SFA 324065.31- No Cab Movement During Travel Although Command Was Given
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324065.31 is saved when the control unit does not register any
cab movement - via the position sensor - within 60 seconds during travel (ground speed more
than 10 km/h / 6.2 mph), although the control unit ordered a cab movement. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
To test solenoids Y42 and Y43, the suspended cab must be calibrated.
Calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses,
Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y42) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y43) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
For more detailed information, see Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension
- Control Block, Components.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in
the Technical Manual.
SFA 324067.04- Power Supply to TLS Position Sensor, Grounded or Open Circuit
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324067.04 is saved when a TLS position sensor supply voltage
below 4.75 volts is measured at the control unit. This indicates that the position sensor circuit
is open or grounded. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in
the Technical Manual.
SFA 324068.13- TLS Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low During Downward
Movement
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324068.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the TLS position sensor during the downward
movement of the front axle. This indicates that the position sensor circuit is open or
grounded. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the TLS position
sensor is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble code has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B53), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position
sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 ; Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324069.13- TLS Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High (Lowered Fully)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324069.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
above 2 volts at the signal input of the TLS position sensor while the front axle is in its lowest
position. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the TLS position sensor
is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
This diagnostic trouble code can only be generated during the calibration.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble code has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B53), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position
sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 ; Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324070.13- TLS Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High During Upward
Movement
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324070.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
above 4.75 volts at the signal input of the TLS position sensor during the upward movement
of the front axle. This indicates that the position sensor circuit is shorted. This diagnostic
trouble code does not necessarily mean that the TLS position sensor is responsible for the
fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble code has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B53), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position
sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 ; Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324071.13- TLS Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low (Raised Fully)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324071.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
below 3 volts at the signal input of the TLS position sensor while the front axle is in its highest
position. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the TLS position sensor
is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
This diagnostic trouble code can only be generated during the calibration.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble code has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B53), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position
sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 ; Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324072.13- TLS Position Sensor, Signal Voltage in Mid-Position Out of Range
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324072.13 is saved when the voltage measured by the control
unit at the signal input of the TLS position sensor while the front axle is in the neutral
(middle) position is not between 2 and 3 volts. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily mean that the TLS position sensor is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”. This diagnostic trouble code can only be
generated during the calibration.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble code has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B53), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position
sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 ; Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA
in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324074.04- Power Supply to Cab Position Sensor, Grounded or Open Circuit
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324074.04 is saved when power supply to the cab position
sensor is measured at the control unit as being below 4.75 volts. This indicates that the
position sensor circuit is open or grounded. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA
in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324075.13- Cab Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low During Downward
Movement
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324075.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the cab position sensor during the downward
movement of the cab. This indicates that the position sensor circuit is open or grounded. This
diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the cab position sensor is responsible
for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic codes has been saved:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B110), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position
sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage) at Section
290, Group 15 in the Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324076.13- Cab Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High (Lowered Fully)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324076.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
above 2 volts at the signal input of the cab position sensor while the cab is in its lowest
position. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the cab position sensor
is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
This diagnostic trouble code can only be generated during calibration.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic codes has been saved:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B110), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position
sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage) at Section
290, Group 15 in the Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324077.13- Cab Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High During Upward
Movement
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324077.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
above 4.75 volts at the signal input of the cab position sensor during the upward movement
of the cab. This indicates that the position sensor circuit is shorted. This diagnostic trouble
code does not necessarily mean that the cab position sensor is responsible for the fault. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B110), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position
sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage) at Section
290, Group 15 in the Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324078.13- Cab Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low (Raised Fully)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324078.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
below 3 volts at the signal input of the cab position sensor while the cab is in its highest
position. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the cab position sensor
is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
This diagnostic trouble code can only be generated during calibration.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B110), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position
sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage) at Section
290, Group 15 in the Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324079.13- Cab Position Sensor, Signal Voltage in Mid-Position Out of Range
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324079.13 is saved when the voltage measured by the control
unit at the signal input of the cab position sensor while the cab is in the neutral (middle)
position is not between 2 and 3 volts. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean
that the cab position sensor is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “CAUTION”. This diagnostic trouble code can only be generated during
calibration.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B110), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position
sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage) at Section
290, Group 15 in the Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.
SFA 324080.09- Engine Control Unit or Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Engine
Speed)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324080.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the ECU/BCU and the control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and the
cab (SFA). Reception of the CAN message regarding engine speed is intermittent or non-
existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective fuse:
F03/1 on tractors without engine control unit (ECU)
F04/1 on tractors with ECU Level 1 (Lucas/Delphi injection pump).
F04/1 (Ignition) and F04/2 (Battery) on tractors with ECU Level 12
(DE10 injection pump) or with ECU Level 11 (HPCR).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29 BIT CAN BUS connection or voltage supply control unit
occasionally causes problems with the data transfer at the following
control units:
BCU - Basic control unit (additional diagnostic trouble codes are
saved in the BCU).
ECU - Engine control unit (additional diagnostic trouble codes are
saved in the ECU).
SFA - Control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and the
cab.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit (BCU) or engine control unit (ECU).
Additional references:
• Reference 240-25-007 , Fuses and relays (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) from serial no.
398656
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO
TO 1.3.
Action:
1.3
F03/1
Fuse F04/1
Tractors with ECU Level 12 (DE10 injection pump) or with ECU Level 11 (HPCR)
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 949 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/2
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4.
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
• If the tractor is equipped without engine control unit (ECU) or with a Level 1 engine control
unit (Delphi/Lucas injection pump), GO TO 2 .
• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 11 (HPCR) or Level 12 control unit (DE10 injection
pump), GO TO 3 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 952 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 3 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 4 ) Checking the SFA plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Reference 240-10-029 , SE20-Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS and CSC Cab Suspension.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.3.
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 959 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the SFA plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Reference 240-10-029 , SE20-Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS and CSC Cab Suspension.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SFA 324082.09- Engine Control Unit or Basic Control Unit Sends No Data While
Tractor is Moving (Engine Speed)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324082.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the ECU/BCU and the control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and the
cab (SFA) while the tractor is travelling (ground speed exists). Reception of the CAN message
regarding engine speed is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to
a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective fuse:
F03/1 on tractors without engine control unit (ECU)
F04/1 on tractors with ECU Level 1 (Lucas/Delphi injection pump).
F04/1 (Ignition) and F04/2 (Battery) on tractors with ECU Level 12
(DE10 injection pump) or with ECU Level 11 (HPCR).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29 BIT CAN BUS connection or voltage supply control unit
occasionally causes problems with the data transfer at the following
control units:
BCU - Basic control unit (additional diagnostic trouble codes are
saved in the BCU).
ECU - Engine control unit (additional diagnostic trouble codes are
saved in the ECU).
SFA - Control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and
cab.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit (BCU) or engine control unit (ECU).
Additional references:
• Reference 240-25-007 , Fuses and relays (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) from serial no.
398656
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO
TO 1.3.
Action:
1.3
F03/1
Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/2
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4.
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
• If the tractor is equipped without engine control unit (ECU) or with a Level 1 engine control
unit (Delphi/Lucas injection pump), GO TO 2 .
• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 12 control unit (DE10 injection pump) or with Level 11
control unit (HPCR), GO TO 3 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 3 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 4 ) Checking the SFA plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Reference 240-10-029 , SE20-Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS and CSC Cab Suspension.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 974 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SFA control unit.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Check the control unit connected to SFA connector X485 (is the correct control unit
connected?).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 977 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
NO:Connect the correct control unit to connector X485 and test its functionality.
Action:
• Ignition OFF.
Reference 240-10-029 , SE20-Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS and CSC Cab Suspension.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the controller (SIC).
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and E-ICV is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
SIC 334001.09, SIC 334002.09 and SIC 334003.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Faulty CAN BUS screen (diagnostic trouble codes SIC 334001.09, SIC
334002.09 and SIC 334003.09 are saved as well).
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Screen lines +930 and/or -932 defective.
Voltage supply line (cable 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and E-ICV is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and E-ICV is NOT operating properly: Diagnostic trouble
code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
SIC 000639.14- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 000639.14 is saved when the SIC recognizes a very high error
rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This indicates a general problem in the CAN BUS.
Alarm level: Information.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and E-ICV is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and E-ICV is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SIC 334001.09- Engine Control Unit or Basic Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting
Data (Engine Speed)
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334001.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) or basic control unit (BCU) and the control unit for E-
ICV. Reception of CAN messages that are required for operation of the E-ICV controller is
intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. If diagnostic trouble codes SIC
334002.09 and SIC 334003.09 are saved as well, this indicates a general problem with the
29-bit CAN BUS. Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
SIC 334002.09 and SIC 334003.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
A fault in the ECU′s monitoring circuit (faulty crankshaft speed sender
B72).
ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
A fault in the BCU′s monitoring circuit (faulty engine speed sender
B01).
BCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit or basic control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (UIC
305051.09, UIC 305052.09, UIC 305053.09, UIC 305055.09, UIC
305056.09, EPC 306121.09, EPC 306122.09, SFA 324080.09, SFA
324082.09 and/or TCU 304160.09).
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the basic control unit (SFA
324081.09, UIC 305059.09 and/or EPC 306120.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the E-SCV/E-
ICV control unit (SIC) causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit (ECU) or basic control unit (BCU).
Additional references:
• Reference 245-ECU-200 , Theory of Operation, Engine Control Unit (ECU Level 1 with LUCAS
Injection Pump)
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no ECU or BCU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO
TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334002.09 and SIC 334003.09) saved that indicate a
general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS?
Result:
NO:Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit
CAN BUS: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harnesses W15 for ECU Level 11:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 3 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 4 ) Checking the SIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see SIC wiring harness W16:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SIC 334002.09- BCU Is Not Transmitting Any Data (Engine Operating Hours)
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334002.09 is stored when there is a problem in transferring data
between the basic control unit (BCU) and the E-ICV controller (SIC). Reception of CAN
messages that are required for operation of the E-ICV controller is intermittent or non-
existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”. If diagnostic trouble codes SIC 334001.09 and SIC
334003.09 are saved as well, this indicates a general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority. This diagnostic trouble code only
affects the function for auto-deleting the diagnostic trouble codes in the controller
(dependent on operating hours).
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
SIC 334001.09 and SIC 334003.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
A fault in the BCU′s monitoring circuit.
BCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the basic
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the basic control unit (SFA
324080.09, UIC 305059.09 and/or EPC 306120.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the SIC
causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit (BCU).
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334001.09 and SIC 334003.09) saved that indicate a
general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS?
Result:
NO:Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit
CAN BUS: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the SIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see SIC wiring harness W16:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SIC 334003.09- Transmission Control Unit or BIF is/are Not Sending Any Data
(Hydraulic Oil Temperature)
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334003.09 is saved when there is a problem transferring data
between the transmission control unit (TCU) or basic informator (BIF) and the E-ICV controller
(SIC). Reception of CAN messages that are required for operation of the E-ICV controller is
intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. This diagnostic trouble code is
stored if the SIC does not receive any information on the temperature of the hydraulic oil via
the CAN BUS. In the event of this happening, the SIC uses the most recent oil temperature it
has received via the CAN BUS. If diagnostic trouble codes SIC 334001.09 and SIC 334002.09
are saved as well, this indicates a general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS. Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
SIC 334001.09 and SIC 334002.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
A fault in the TCU′s monitoring circuit (faulty oil temperature sender).
TCU diagnostic trouble codes (TCU 304040.03 or TCU 304024.04)
take priority.
A fault in the BIF′s monitoring circuit (faulty oil temperature sender
B60).
BIF diagnostic trouble codes (BIF 000177.03 or BIF 000177.04)
take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit or basic informator causes an intermittent
problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the transmission control unit
(UIC 305190.09 and/or UIC 304054.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the E-SCV/E-
ICV control unit (SIC) causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective transmission control unit (TCU) or basic informator (BIF).
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334002.09 and SIC 334003.09) saved that indicate a
general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS?
Result:
NO:Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit
CAN BUS: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
( 2 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 3 ) Checking the BIF plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1004 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 4 ) Checking the SIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see SIC wiring harness W16:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO 2.2.
Action:
2.2 - Checking the transmission oil temperature sender at the 16-pin plug of the
internal transmission harness:
• Ignition OFF.
• Disconnect plug X482/1 (connecting plug between internal transmission harness and valve
block harness W29) and connect test harness KJD10265.
• Check resistance at the 16-pin test plug between pin 8 (lead 642) and pin 9 (lead 641):
Result:
Action:
3.1
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1010 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Access address BIF 33 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual temperature
of the transmission oil:
Result:
Action:
3.2
→NOTE:
The values are only correct when the sender is removed from the circuit.
-5 12230 80 333
0 9401 85 283
5 7273 90 241
10 5661 95 207
40 1465 125 88
Result:
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and valve block
wiring harness W29.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08, cowl wiring
harness W09, and transmission wiring harness (front) W28.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
In E-ICV calibration addresses SIC 36 and SIC 38, check whether the desired E-ICV functions
have been activated or de-activated properly.
Result:
Action:
Access address SIC 20 and recalibrate the controller for electrically actuated ICVs (SIC).
Result:
YES:Delete diagnostic code and carry out an operational test. If diagnostic trouble code still
persists, replace the SIC with a new one, and calibrate the new controller.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Multi-function lever in forward position Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Circuit/harness test for function 1 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group
SIC in the Technical manual.
NO: Circuit/harness test for function 1 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Multi-function lever in right position (entire range, with perceptible resistance) Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts
Multi-function lever in left position (entire range, with perceptible resistance) Voltage between 3.5 and 4.5 volts
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 2 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Rocker switch activated DOWN: Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts
Rocker switch activated UP: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.5 volts
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 3 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Multi-function lever forward to float position (in detent) Status XX1 (OPEN)
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 1 (E-ICV) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.
Action:
Multi-function lever in forward position Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts
Result:
NO: Circuit/harness test for function 1 (E-ICV) , in Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Multi-function lever forward to float position (in detent) Status XX1 (OPEN)
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 1 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Multi-function lever in left or right position (not moved against perceptible resistance) Switch status X1X (OPEN)
Multi-function lever in left or right position (moved against perceptible resistance) Switch status X0X (CLOSED)
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 2 (E-ICV) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.
Action:
Multi-function lever in right position (entire range, with perceptible resistance) Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts
Multi-function lever in left position (entire range, with perceptible resistance) Voltage between 3.5 and 4.5 volts
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 2 (E-ICV) , in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Multi-function lever in left or right position (not moved against perceptible resistance) Switch status X1X (OPEN)
Multi-function lever in left or right position (moved against perceptible resistance) Switch status X0X (CLOSED)
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 2 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 3 (E-ICV) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical Manual.
Action:
Rocker switch activated DOWN: Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts
Rocker switch activated UP: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.5 volts
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 3 (E-ICV) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 3 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
( 3 ) Checking the 5-volt power supply circuit (positive lead 733 and ground lead
741)
Action:
The following components are powered by the 5-volt power supply circuit:
→NOTE:
For component location and pin arrangement see SIC wiring harness W16
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for E-ICV transport lock (S65) . See Section 245, Group SIC in
the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for safety switch (E-ICV) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SIC with a new one.
SIC 334136.18- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334136.18 is saved if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-SCV no.1 lies between 9 and 11 volts and the temperature of the
hydraulic oil lies between -25 °C (-13 °F) and -15 °C (5 °F). The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
Action:
See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.1 stepper motor (M12), power supply in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical Manual.
Result:
SIC 334137.01- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Very Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334137.01 is saved if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.1 is less than 9 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
• Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
Action:
See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.1 stepper motor (M12), power supply in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.
Result:
SIC 334138.00- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334138.00 is saved if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.1 is more than 16 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the E-ICV no.1 stepper motor
(plug X318).
Defective SIC plug X456.
Power supply or 11-bit CAN BUS connection.
A general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS.
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334201.14, SIC 334202.14, SIC 334203.14 and/or SIC 334204.14.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2.
Action:
1.2
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem in the 11-bit CAN BUS?
Result:
NO: GO TO 2 .
Action:
See: Circuit test for E-ICV no.1 stepper motor (M12) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.
Result:
SIC 334140.14- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334140.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature less than -45 °C (-49 °F). The stepper motor is in its warm-up phase (both
windings of the coil receive electrical current). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Warm-up phase
Action:
The warm-up phase is initiated automatically provided the engine is running and system
voltage is over 12 volts.
Result:
YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long warm-up phase:
Diagnosis completed.
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long warm-up phase: GO
TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SIC 334141.14- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334141.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature more than 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor is not fully operational until coil
temperature has dropped below 100 °C (212 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Cooling-down phase
Action:
Shut down the tractor and wait until the stepper motor has cooled down.
Result:
YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long cooling-down
phase: Diagnosis completed.
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long cooling-down phase:
GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SIC 334144.18- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334144.18 is stored if the system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-SCV no.2 lies between 9 and 11 volts and the temperature of the
hydraulic oil lies between -25 °C (-13°F) and -15 °C (5 °F). The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
Action:
See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.2 stepper motor (M13), power supply in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.
Result:
SIC 334145.01- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Very Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334145.01 is stored if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.2 is less than 9 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
• Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
Action:
See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.2 stepper motor (M13), power supply . in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.
Result:
SIC 334146.00- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334146.00 is stored if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.2 is more than 16 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the E-ICV no.2 stepper motor
(plug X251).
Defective SIC plug X456.
Power supply or 11-bit CAN BUS connection.
A general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS.
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334201.14, SIC 334202.14, SIC 334203.14, SIC 334204.14, SIC
334205.14, SIC 334206.14 and/or SIC 334207.14
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2.
Action:
1.2
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem in the 11-bit CAN BUS?
Result:
NO: GO TO 2 .
Action:
See: Circuit test for E-ICV no.2 stepper motor (M13) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.
Result:
SIC 334148.14- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334148.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature less than -45 °C (-49 °F). The stepper motor is in its warm-up phase (both
windings of the coil receive electrical current). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Warm-up phase
Action:
The warm-up phase is initiated automatically provided the engine is running and system
voltage is over 12 volts.
Result:
YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long warm-up phase:
Diagnosis completed.
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long warm-up phase: GO
TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SIC 334149.14- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334149.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature more than 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor is not fully operational until coil
temperature has dropped below 100 °C (212 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Cooling-down phase
Action:
Shut down the tractor and wait until the stepper motor has cooled down.
Result:
YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long cooling-down
phase: Diagnosis completed.
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long cooling-down phase:
GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SIC 334152.18- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334152.18 is stored if the system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-SCV no.3 lies between 9 and 11 volts and the temperature of the
hydraulic oil lies between -25 °C (-13°F) and -15 °C (5 °F). The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
Action:
See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.3 stepper motor (M14), power supply in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.
Result:
SIC 334153.01- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Very Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334153.01 is stored if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.3 is less than 9 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
• Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
Action:
See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.3 stepper motor (M14), power supply in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.
Result:
SIC 334154.00- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334154.00 is stored if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.3 is more than 16 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the E-ICV no.3 stepper motor
(plug X252).
Defective SIC plug X456.
Power supply or 11-bit CAN BUS connection.
A general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS.
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2.
Action:
1.2
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem in the 11-bit CAN BUS?
Result:
NO: GO TO 2 .
Action:
See: Circuit test for E-ICV no.3 stepper motor (M14) in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.
Result:
SIC 334156.14- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334156.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature less than -45 °C (-49 °F). The stepper motor is in its warm-up phase (both
windings of the coil receive electrical current). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Warm-up phase
Action:
The warm-up phase is initiated automatically provided the engine is running and system
voltage is over 12 volts.
Result:
YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long warm-up phase:
Diagnosis completed.
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long warm-up phase: GO
TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SIC 334157.14- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334157.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature more than 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor is not fully operational until coil
temperature has dropped below 100 °C (212 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Cooling-down phase
Action:
Shut down the tractor and wait until the stepper motor has cooled down.
Result:
YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long cooling-down
phase: Diagnosis completed.
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long cooling-down phase:
GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2.
Action:
1.2
Are the plug for the stepper motor and the stepper motor for E-ICV no.1 function connected?
Result:
NO:Connect the plug or stepper motor and carry out an operational check.
Action:
1.3
Result:
Action:
1.4
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14) saved that indicate
a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the stepper
motors?
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1087 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).
Action:
Result:
Action:
Check identification of stepper motor 1 (ICA 1).See: Address SIC 040 –– Calibration of Stepper
Motor - Identification , Section 245, Group SIC and MHM 1000 in the Technical Manual.
Result:
NO:Enter the correct stepper motor in SIC 40 (calibrate), and perform an operational check.
Action:
4.1
Result:
NO:E-ICV no.2 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).
Action:
4.2
Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M12; for the E-ICV no.1 function) from plug X318.
Connect stepper motor plug (X251; for E-ICV no.2 function) to stepper motor (M12; for
E-ICV no.1 function), and do an operational check.
Result:
YES:If function for E-ICV no.1 is present again after the plug has been changed: GO TO
Circuit test for E-ICV no.1 stepper motor (M12) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.
NO:If function for E-ICV no.1 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.1, and recalibrate.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2.
Action:
1.2
Are the plug for the stepper motor and the stepper motor for E-ICV no.2 function connected?
Result:
NO:Connect the plug or stepper motor and carry out an operational check.
Action:
1.3
Result:
Action:
1.4
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14 and/or SIC 334203.14) saved that indicate
a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the stepper
motors?
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1091 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).
Action:
Result:
Action:
Check identification of stepper motor 2 (ICA 2) See: Address SIC 040 –– Calibration of Stepper
Motor - Identification , Section 245, Group SIC and MHM 1000 in the Technical Manual.
Result:
NO:Enter the correct stepper motor in SIC 40 (calibrate), and perform an operational check.
Action:
4.1
Do an operational check on E-ICV no.1. See: Address SIC 040 –– Calibration of Stepper Motor -
Identification , Section 245, Group SIC and MHM 1000 in the Technical Manual.
Result:
NO:E-ICV no.1 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).
Action:
4.2
Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M13; for the E-ICV no.2 function) from plug X251.
Connect stepper motor plug (X318; for E-ICV no.1 function) to stepper motor (M13; for
E-ICV no.2 function), and do an operational check.
Result:
YES:If function for E-ICV no.2 is present again after the plug has been changed: GO TO
Circuit test for E-ICV no. 2 stepper motor (M13) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.
NO:If function for E-ICV no.2 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.2, and recalibrate.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2.
Action:
1.2
Are the plug for the stepper motor and the stepper motor for E-ICV no.3 function connected?
Result:
NO:Connect the plug or stepper motor and carry out an operational check.
Action:
1.3
Result:
Action:
1.4
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14 and/or SIC 334202.14) saved that indicate
a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the stepper
motors?
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1095 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).
Action:
Result:
Action:
Check identification of stepper motor 3 (ICA 3). See: Address SIC 040 –– Calibration of
Stepper Motor - Identification , Section 245, Group SIC and MHM 1000 in the Technical
Manual.
Result:
NO:Enter the correct stepper motor in SIC 40 (calibrate), and perform an operational check.
Action:
4.1
Result:
NO:E-ICV no.1 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).
Action:
4.2
Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M14; for the E-ICV no.3 function) from plug X252.
Connect stepper motor plug (X318; for E-ICV no.1 function) to stepper motor (M14; for
E-ICV no.3 function), and do an operational check.
Result:
YES:If function for E-ICV no.3 is present again after the plug has been changed: GO TO
Circuit test for E-ICV no.3 stepper motor (M14) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.
NO:If function for E-ICV no.3 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.3, and recalibrate.
SIC 334221.14- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor Fails to Respond to Command from
Controller
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334221.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.1 and the controller. During operation, following a
successful initialization (link made after ignition ON), the controller fails to establish a
connection to the stepper motor, or makes only intermittent contact (possibly due to a loose
wire). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2.
Action:
1.2
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS
connection to the stepper motors?
Result:
YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).
Action:
2.1
Result:
NO:E-ICV no.2 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).
Action:
2.2
Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M12; for the E-ICV no.1 function) from plug X318.
Connect stepper motor plug (X251; for E-ICV no.2 function) to stepper motor (M12; for
E-ICV no.1 function), and do an operational check.
Result:
YES:If function for E-ICV no.1 is present again after the plug has been changed (fault cannot
be reproduced): GO TO Circuit test for E-ICV no.1 stepper motor (M12) .
NO:If function for E-ICV no.1 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.1, and recalibrate.
SIC 334222.14- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor Fails to Respond to Command from
Controller
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334222.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.2 and the controller. During operation, following a
successful initialization (link made after ignition ON), the controller fails to establish a
connection to the stepper motor, or makes only intermittent contact (possibly due to a loose
wire). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2.
Action:
1.2
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS
connection to the stepper motors?
Result:
YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).
Action:
2.1
Result:
NO:E-ICV no.1 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).
Action:
2.2
Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M13; for the E-ICV no.2 function) from plug X251.
Connect stepper motor plug (X318; for E-ICV no.1 function) to stepper motor (M13; for
E-ICV no.2 function), and do an operational check.
Result:
YES:If function for E-ICV no.2 is present again after the plug has been changed (fault cannot
be reproduced): GO TO Circuit test for E-ICV no. 2 stepper motor (M13) . See Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.
NO:If function for E-ICV no.2 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.2, and recalibrate.
SIC 334223.14- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor Fails to Respond to Command from
Controller
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334223.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.3 and the controller. During operation, following a
successful initialization (link made after ignition ON), the controller fails to establish a
connection to the stepper motor, or makes only intermittent contact (possibly due to a loose
wire). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.2
Action:
1.2
Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS
connection to the stepper motors?
Result:
YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).
Action:
2.1
Result:
NO:E-ICV no.1 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).
Action:
2.2
Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M14; for the E-ICV no.3 function) from plug X252.
Connect stepper motor plug (X318; for E-ICV no.1 function) to stepper motor (M14; for
E-ICV no.3 function), and do an operational check.
Result:
YES:If function for E-ICV no.3 is present again after the plug has been changed (fault cannot
be reproduced): GO TO Circuit test for E-ICV no.3 stepper motor (M14) .
NO:If function for E-ICV no.3 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.3, and recalibrate.
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
For component location and pin arrangement see SIC wiring harness W16:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
• ”Replacing the Wheel Speed Sending Unit” , (Section 56, Group 15 in the Repair manual)
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit must
be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) , (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 4
( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS::
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) , (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 4 .
( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4
( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SSU 000237.31- Basic Control Unit (BCU) is Not Transmitting Any Data to the SSU
Controller
42
The SSU controller periodically sends a request to the Basic Control Unit (BCU). If no data is
received from the BCU after a request, diagnostic trouble code SSU 000237.31 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
( 3 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SSU controller.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SSU controller.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Before calibrating the SSU controller, see: Reference 245-SSU-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses.
Result:
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
( 3 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SSU 000639.13- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), High Error Rate
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 000639.13 is saved when the SSU controller recognizes a very
high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS (tractor BUS) messages. This indicates a general
problem in the CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
( 3 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SSU 000639.19- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 000639.19 is saved when the SSU controller recognizes a very
high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This indicates a general problem in the
CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
( 3 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SSU 001079.03- Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS), Power Supply Too High
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001079.03 is triggered if the power supply (for WAS) is over 5.25
volts for longer than 320 ms.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1147 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1148 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 001079.04- Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS), Power Supply Too Low
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001079.04 is triggered if the power supply (for WAS) is less than
4.75 volts for longer than 320 ms. This indicates that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1150 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1151 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
• Reference 240-15-013 , SE16A - Basic Control Unit (BCU) (Rear PTO and External Control)
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO: GO TO 2
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:If status report is “9” or “1” even when there is no-one on the seat GO TO 3 ; on tractors
with PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions, GO TO 4
Action:
Result:
YES:• If the type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat
Switch (S40) (see Section 245, Group UIC in the Technical Manual).
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch (S40) ; see Section 245, Group UIC in the
Technical Manual.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch
(S40) in Section 245, Group BCU.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch (S40) in Section 245, Group BCU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:If status is “0XX” or “9XX” even although there was an operator on the seat, on tractors
with AutoPowr/IVT, GO TO 3 ; on tractors with PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions, GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch
(S40) ; see Section 245, Group UIC in the Technical Manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch (S40) ; see Section 245, Group UIC in the
Technical Manual.
Action:
Result:
YES:This fault indicates a problem in the CAN BUS. GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat
Switch (S40) in Section 245, Group BCU.
NO:Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch (S40) (see in Section 245, Group BCU).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Turn the steering wheel slowly to the right ; the value displayed should slowly
increase .
Turn the steering wheel slowly to the left ; the value displayed should slowly
decrease .
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Change lines 997 and 995 in plugs X632-1 or X631-3 and do an operational check.
Action:
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Turn the steering wheel slowly to the right ; the value displayed should slowly
increase .
Turn the steering wheel slowly to the left ; the value displayed should slowly
decrease .
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Change lines 971 and 988 in plugs X632-2 or X631-2 and do an operational check.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1165 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1166 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1168 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1169 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1171 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1172 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1174 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1175 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 001807.10- The Signals from Steering Input Devices SID 1 and SID 2 are
Unequal
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001807.10 is triggered if the values received from steering input
device SID 1 (address SSU007) and steering input device SID 2 (address SSU008) are
different by more than 20 counts. This indicates a problem in steering input device SID 1.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the counts of steering input device SID 1 and SID 2 (B138)
Action:
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Slowly turn the steering wheel to the left and right, at the same time checking
whether the values deviate by more than 20 counts.
Result:
YES:If the values do NOT differ from each other by more than 20 counts, GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1179 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Slowly turn the steering wheel several times to the right and left. Note the values
with the wheel at left full-lock, then turn the wheel to right full-lock and note the
values there. The values should be the same in both cases.
Result:
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1183 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
With AutoPowr/IVT transmission, the display appears only when the tractor starts to
move.
Specificatio
Item Measurement
n
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4 .
( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
Stay well clear of the front wheels and prevent access to the danger area,
as the steering (front wheels) moves of its own accord!
Result:
Action:
Steering valve
LEGEND:
Y49 Electro-hydraulic steering valve
Result:
Action:
See 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49
(Electro-Hydraulic) .
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Check the connectors; see wiring layout summary in Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit
Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) , which is in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
Stay well clear of the front wheels and prevent access to the danger area,
as the steering (front wheels) moves of its own accord!
Result:
Action:
Steering valve
LEGEND:
Y49 Electro-hydraulic steering valve
Result:
Action:
See 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49
(Electro-Hydraulic) .
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Check the connectors; see wiring layout summary in Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit
Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) , which is in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SSU 522387.07- SSU Controller Cannot Detect any Movement at Wheel Angle
Sensor (WAS)
42 GOTO
If, despite a steering movement being made, the SSU controller fails to detect a signal from
the wheel angle sensor (WAS), or the signal it does receive is too low, diagnostic trouble code
522387.07 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Action:
Access SSU901 - Channel 1 and 2 signals from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) or address
SSU009 and address SSU010 :
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts
Result:
YES:If channels 1 and 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) provide correct values, GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1199 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 522394.09- No Signal Received from the TCM (Terrain Compensation Module)
42 GOTO
If the information on the TCM (Terrain Compensation Module) is not accepted on the CAN BUS
after four attempts, diagnostic trouble code SSU 522394.09 is triggered. This indicates a
problem in the CAN BUS or loose connectors.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the TEC must be processed
first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Voltage (IGN) with main switch ON (fuse F06_14) between positive pin 6 (lead 938) and
Voltage 12 volts
ground pin 7 (lead 050):
CAN+, between pin 4 (lead 974) and ground, pin 7 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin 9 (lead 975) and ground, pin 7 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 4
( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SSU 522451.00- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 2 Too High
42 GOTO
If the voltage at signal line 986 of channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) is over 2.25
volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 522451.00 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Action:
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1207 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 522451.01- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 2 Too Low
42 GOTO
If the voltage at signal line 986 of channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) is under 0.25
volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 522451.01 is triggered. This
indicates that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: Information.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Action:
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1211 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 522451.14- Channel 1 Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) Incorrect in
Relation to Channel 2 Signal
42 GOTO
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage at sensor
2 is 1/2 that of the signal voltage at sensor 1. If this difference is off by 0.2 volts for longer
than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 522451.14 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1215 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
With AutoPowr/IVT transmission, the “reverse” or “forward” display appears only when
the tractor starts to move.
Specificatio
Item Measurement
n
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4
( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SSU controller.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SSU controller.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
NO:If the entry is “0”, modify the entry and do an operational check.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1223 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.
Result:
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
( 3 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:If the code number is ”000”, the system is locked out. Contact Stellar Support to find out
the activation code. For this procedure the serial numbers of the tractor and of the AutoTrac
control (SSU) unit are needed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
AutoTrac switch
LEGEND:
S123 AutoTrac switch
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for AutoTrac Resume Switch (S123)
, see 245-SSU.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Repeat calibration of the SSU controller and follow the calibration instructions, see: Reference
245-SSU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Check the hydraulic connections on the steering cylinder. Moving the steering wheel to
the left or right must result in the relevant movement at the axle.
SSU 523795.10- Steering Control Valve (Y49), Control Signal not in Valid Range
42
The electro-hydraulic steering valve receives a control signal from the SSU controller, which
can also request information on the position of the valve. If the control signal is not in the
valid range (over 85% or under 15% of the total range), diagnostic trouble code SSU
523795.10 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
Stay well clear of the front wheels and prevent access to the danger area,
as the steering (front wheels) moves of its own accord!
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Steering valve
LEGEND:
Y49 Steering control valve (Y49)
Result:
Action:
See 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49
(Electro-Hydraulic) .
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Check the connectors; see wiring layout summary in Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit
Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) , which is in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1. If system voltage (ELX) is disrupted, then diagnostic trouble codes SSU 523795.12 and
SSU 523810.01 are triggered, whereby diagnostic trouble code SSU 523810.01 must be
dealt with first.
Result:
NO: GO TO 2
Action:
CAUTION:
Stay well clear of the front wheels and prevent access to the danger area,
as the steering (front wheels) moves of its own accord!
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3
Action:
Steering valve
LEGEND:
Y49 Electro-hydraulic steering valve
Result:
Action:
See 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49
(Electro-Hydraulic) .
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Check the connectors; see wiring layout summary in Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit
Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) , which is in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Raise the front axle, delete the diagnostic trouble code and calibrate the SSU controller.
Before raising the front axle, comply with the warning instructions; see: Use Proper Lifting
Equipment in Section 210, Group 05, and Support Machine Properly in Section 210, Group 05.
Is calibration with raised front axle completed without any diagnostic trouble codes?
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:If there is a mechanical or hydraulic problem at the steering cylinder or steering valve,
see Reference 260-15-040, Checking the Steering Valve and Reference 260-10-010, Steering
Check .
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.2
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
SSU 523821.02- SSU Controller, Incorrect Input Value (Tractor Serial Number)
42
If there is an incorrect entry for the tractor serial number in address SSU248, diagnostic
trouble code SSU 523821.02 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1251 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1254 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1257 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1260 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 523824.10- The Signals from Steering Input Devices SID 2 and SID 1 are
Unequal
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 523824.10 is triggered if the values received from steering input
device SID 1 (address SSU007) and steering input device SID 2 (address SSU008) are
different by more than 20 counts. This indicates a problem in steering input device SID 2.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the counts of steering input device SID 1 and SID 2 (B138)
Action:
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Slowly turn the steering wheel to the left and right, at the same time checking
whether the values deviate by more than 20 counts.
Result:
YES:If the values do NOT differ from each other by more than 20 counts, GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1264 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Slowly turn the steering wheel several times to the right and left. Note the values
with the wheel at left full-lock, then turn the wheel to right full-lock and note the
values there. The values should be the same in both cases.
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1268 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 523826.00- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 1 Too High
42
If the voltage at signal line 987 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) channel 1 is over 4.5 volts
for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 523826.00 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Action:
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1272 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 523826.01- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 1 Too Low
42
If the voltage at the signal lines of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) channel 1 is under 0.5 volts
for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 523826.01 is triggered. This indicates
that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Action:
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1276 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the channel 1 and 2 signals from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Action:
Access SSU901 - Channel 1 and 2 signals from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) or address
SSU009 and address SSU010 :
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1280 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 523826.07- SSU Controller Cannot Detect any Movement at Wheel Angle
Sensor (WAS)
42
If, despite a steering movement being made, the SSU controller fails to detect a signal from
the wheel angle sensor (WAS), or the signal it does receive is too low, diagnostic trouble code
523826.07 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Action:
Access SSU901 - Channel 1 and 2 signals from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) or address
SSU009 and address SSU010 :
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts
Result:
YES:If channels 1 and 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) provide correct values, GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1284 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 523826.10- Signal from Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) Not Recognized by
Steering Identification Device (SID)
42
If a movement is detected by the wheel angle sensor (WAS) but not by the steering input
device (SID), diagnostic trouble code SSU 523826.10 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:If the values from the steering input device (SID) are not correct: GO TO 3 , if the values
from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) are not correct: GO TO 6 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1288 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138)
and Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1290 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Before calibrating the SSU controller, see: Reference 245-SSU-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses.
Result:
SSU 523826.14- Channel 1 Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) Incorrect in
Relation to Channel 2 Signal
42
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage at sensor
2 is 1/2 that of the signal voltage at sensor 1. If this difference is off by 0.2 volts, diagnostic
trouble code SSU 523826.14 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1294 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 524003.00- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 2 Too High
42
If the voltage at signal line 986 of channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) is over 2.25
volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 524003.00 is triggered.
Alarm level: Information.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Action:
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1298 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
SSU 524003.01- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 2 Too Low
42
If the voltage at signal line 986 of channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) is under 0.5
volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 524003.01 is triggered. This
indicates that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: Information.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
( 2 ) Checking the channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Action:
Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts
Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:
LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1302 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Do this check with the reverse drive lever in its position for neutral:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the clutch down fully. An acoustic signal or sudden voltage
change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO "Check the
circuit of the clutch pedal potentiometer and the clutch pedal switch for loose, poor or slid-
back contacts".
NO:Check the installation of the clutch pedal potentiometer and switch (see relevant passage
in Repair Manual).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
• Engine off.
→NOTE:
With the reverse drive lever in its neutral position, the correct display
(“X11”) must stay on the screen for longer than 5 seconds. The display
must be watched for at least 5 seconds, as some of the faults at relay
K02/1 take 5 seconds to appear on the screen. The relay is then de-
activated after approx. 5 seconds.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (relay activated by UIC via ground lead 263): Status X11
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.
( 3 ) Checking transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch-pedal switch
(S72) in Diagnostic Mode
Action:
• Do this check with the reverse drive lever in its position for neutral:
TCU 07 –– Status, clutch pedal switch (S72) and transmission enable signal from relay K02/1
Pedal declutched: Status X11
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.
Action:
→NOTE:
LEGEND:
1 Power zero (forward)
2 Power zero (reverse)
3 Forward travel
4 Reverse travel
5 Corner park lock
6 Center park lock
7 Neutral
8 Reverse drive lever
IMPORTANT:
IMPORTANT:
→NOTE:
• Ignition ON.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1312 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for oil temperature sender ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for oil temperature sender ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
• Do this check with the reverse drive lever in its position for neutral:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch pedal switch S72 ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch pedal switch S72 ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for oil temperature sender ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for oil temperature sender ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Input Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group
15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Compare the value at transmission input speed sender B61 with the engine speed displayed
on the basic informator (the value of crankshaft speed sender B72 as transmitted by the
ECU):
• The value displayed at the diagnostic address should be the same as that shown on the
basic informator:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address TCU047.
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245,
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1326 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
TCU 46 –– Speed and direction of rotation, hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62)
Display showing an engine speed of 1000 rpm: Speed - 1000 rpm
The display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate between “0“ and “1”:
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1329 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address TCU047.
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245,
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1332 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
TCU 46 –– Speed and direction of rotation, hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62)
Display showing an engine speed of 1000 rpm: rpm - 1000 rpm
The display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate between “0“ and “1”:
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1335 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Input Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group
15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Compare the value at transmission input speed sender B61 with the engine speed displayed
on the basic informator (the value of crankshaft speed sender B72 as transmitted by the
ECU):
• The value displayed at the diagnostic address should be the same as that shown on the
basic informator:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address TCU047.
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
TCU 46 –– Speed and direction of rotation, hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62)
Display showing an engine speed of 1000 rpm: Speed - 1000 rpm
The display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate between “0“ and “1”:
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1343 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address TCU047.
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
TCU 46 –– Speed and direction of rotation, hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62)
Display showing an engine speed of 1000 rpm: Speed - 1000 rpm
The display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate between “0“ and “1”:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Input Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group
15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Compare the value at transmission input speed sender B61 with the engine speed displayed
on the basic informator (the value of crankshaft speed sender B72 as transmitted by the
ECU):
• The value displayed at the diagnostic address should be the same as that shown on the
basic informator:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.
TCU 304069.02- Implausible Drop in Speed at the PLC′s Transmission Output Speed
Signal
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304069.02 is saved if the TCU detects that the transmission
output speed of the PLC has dropped suddenly and inexplicably to 0 rpm. The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Sending Unit (B09, B35 or B84)” , Repair Manual, Section 56, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
See: Reference 245-PLC-102 , Circuit Test on Sender for Transmission Output Speed (B84) in
Section 245, Group PLC of the Technical Manual.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
From To
X382-pin 29 X332-pin 65
(PLC) (TCU)
Result:
YES:• Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.• Check that
the sender is installed properly (sender′s position).• Check the sender′s gearwheel for signs
of mechanical damage.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Sending Unit (B09, B35 or B84)” , Repair Manual, Section 56, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no PLC diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .
Action:
See: Reference 245-PLC-102 , Circuit Test on Sender for Transmission Output Speed (B84) in
Section 245, Group PLC of the Technical Manual.
Result:
YES:• Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.• Check that
the sender is installed properly (sender′s position).
TCU 304072.11- Transmission Input Speed and Engine Speed Do Not Match
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304072.11 is stored if the transmission input speed registered
directly by the TCU does not match the engine speed that is available at the engine control
unit (ECU) via CAN BUS. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Input Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group
15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Compare the value at transmission input speed sender B61 with the engine speed displayed
on the basic informator (the value of crankshaft speed sender B72 as transmitted by the
ECU):
• The value displayed at the diagnostic address should be the same as that shown on the
basic informator:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Check the lines for channel 1 and channel 2 from the sender to the TCU. See Circuit/harness
test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the
Technical manual.
Result:
YES:Replace the transmission output speed sender (B63) and carry out an operational test.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Check the lines for channel 1 and channel 2 from the sender to the TCU. See Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
Result:
YES:Replace the hydrostatic speed sender and carry out an operational test.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Check the lines for channel 1 and channel 2 from the sender to the TCU. See Circuit/harness
test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the
Technical manual.
Result:
YES:Replace the transmission output speed sender (B63) and carry out an operational test.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Check the lines for channel 1 and channel 2 from the sender to the TCU. See Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
Result:
YES:Replace the hydrostatic speed sender and carry out an operational test.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Overloading of the transmission can not be ruled out: Delete diagnostic trouble code.
NO:Overloading of the transmission can be ruled out and diagnostic trouble code TCU
304077.07 appears again and again. GO TO: ”Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code
TCU 304077.07” .
Action:
Additional TCU, UIC or PLC diagnostic trouble codes on the tractor that indicate a
problem with a transmission component must be processed first.
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 takes priority if diagnostic trouble code
TCU 304079.07 is present on the tractor as well.
Result:
YES:No other diagnostic trouble code exists, indicating a problem with a transmission
component: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test. Try to reproduce the fault
under the same operating conditions.
( 3 ) Check transmission speed sender B61, B62 and B63 and replace as necessary
Action:
3.1 - Perform a visual inspection of the senders for transmission input speed
(B61), hydrostatic speed (B62) and transmission output speed (B63), and
their connectors:
Result:
NO:If necessary repair component or contacts and perform an operational test. Try to
reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions.
Action:
3.2 - Replace transmission input speed sender (B61), hydrostatic speed sender
(B62) and transmission output speed sender (B63) and perform an operational test. Try
to reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:Fault can not be reproduced under the same operating conditions: Diagnosis completed.
NO:Fault can be reproduced under the same operating conditions: GO TO: ” Initial tests and
questions for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 ”.
IMPORTANT:
After the whole diagnostic procedure has been completed, the answers to
the initial questions and tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07
are required to identify the faulty transmission component. All answers to
the initial questions and tests are also part of the ”Checklist (list of
questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07” ; see Section 253,
Group 15.
If requested, the checklist (list of questions) must be filled out in full and
sent to the relevant After-Sales Service station together with the service
report.
→NOTE:
Action:
Questions Answer/comments
Can diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 (i.e. the fault) be reproduced under identical driving
YES/NO
conditions?
Drive mode (pulling away from stationary, accelerating, slowing down, changing direction?)
Does the fault occur at low engine speeds (below 850 rpm)? YES/NO
Does the fault occur at high engine speeds (above 2000 rpm)? YES/NO
Does the fault occur without any load (vehicle empty)? YES/NO
Does the fault occur under load (working in the field, pulling a trailer)?
IMPORTANT: YES/NO
Do this test only if the fault cannot be reproduced with no load.
Are noises audible all the time or just before the fault occurs? YES/NO
Result:
YES:Once answers have been found to all the items in the checklist (list of questions), GO TO
2.
NO:Intermittent fault (it is not possible to reproduce the fault under the same operating
conditions): GO TO 4 .
Action:
Check whether it is possible to drive the tractor and to reproduce the fault in "come-home"
mode.
If the fault can only be reproduced under load and that operating condition is not possible in
the "come-home" mode, this fact must be mentioned in the ”Checklist (list of questions) for
Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07”.
Can the "come-home" mode be used under the same conditions (load/engine speed) that
YES/NO
applied when the fault occurred?
If yes, can the engine be stalled by braking in the "come-home" mode? YES/NO
→NOTE:
To do this, stop the engine, remove plug K10/4 (relay box K10) and re-
install it at a position 90° from its original position. The wording ”Come
Home” must be uppermost.
The clutch pedal must then be used to start, stop and operate the reverse
drive lever. Note the information on the digital display.
Result:
YES:"Come-home" mode is possible: Once answers have been found to all the items in the
checklist (list of questions), GO TO 3 .
NO:"Come-home" mode is not possible: Once answers have been found to all the items in the
checklist (list of questions), GO TO 3 .
Action:
Calibrate the transmission (see Reference 245-TCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses)
and answer to the following questions:
→NOTE:
If not:
- Which error message is displayed when calibration is aborted?
- At what stage does calibration stop:
• When calibrating hydrostatic unit, forward or reverse clutch?
Result:
YES:Transmission calibration is possible: Once answers have been found to all the items in
the checklist (list of questions): GO TO ”Pressure test for transmission and other consumers” .
NO:Transmission calibration is not possible: Once answers have been found to all the items
in the checklist (list of questions): GO TO ”Pressure test for transmission and other
consumers” .
( 4 ) Fault is intermittent
Action:
Possible cause:
Result:
Action:
1. ”Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07” must be performed.
2. Initial tests and questions for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 must be
answered/performed as possible.
3. Pressure test for transmission and other consumers must be performed.
4. Record in the service report that the fault can not be reproduced under the same
operating conditions (intermittent malfunction).
→NOTE:
Send the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU
304077.07” and the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”
(pressure test for transmission and other consumers) to the relevant After-
Sales Service station together with the service report.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
IMPORTANT:
Once the tests are completed, the test result table must be filled out in full
(for AutoPowr/IVT transmission test result table, see Reference 253-15-001
) and sent to the relevant After-Sales Service station together with the
service report.
→NOTE:
The test result table can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it
to be filled out and transmitted electronically.
( 1 ) Pressure test
Action:
1. System pressure.
2. Reduced system pressure (pressure for other consumers).
3. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.
CAUTION:
IMPORTANT:
Always do ALL the pressure tests in the test result table, otherwise you
may identify only a secondary problem and not the initial one.
Result:
Action:
Precondition for identifying the clutch with a problem and the type of damage (for diagnostic
trouble code TCU 304077.07) is, that it is possible to reproduce the fault under the same
operating conditions (no intermittent fault), and that the diagnostic trouble code TCU
304077.07 has been processed completely.
Preliminary hydraulic system tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 could not
rectify fault.
Checklist (list of questions) for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 has been
processed completely and filled out in full
Pressure test for transmission and other consumers ( Reference 253-15-001 ,
AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table) has been completed.
The ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07” has been
analysed.
For the evaluation see Reference 253-15-001B , Determining Which Clutch has the
Problem and What Type of Damage has Triggered Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU
304077.07.
The ”Pressure Test for Transmission and Other Consumers” has been analysed.
For the evaluation see Reference 253-15-001A , Determining the Cause of an
Hydraulic Malfunction that Triggers Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
If it is not possible to detect a damage at the hydrostatic unit by performing the ”Preliminary
Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07”, or the tractor problem can not be
resolved, the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07” and
the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table” (pressure test for transmission and other
consumers) must be filled out in full and sent to the relevant After-Sales Service station
together with the service report (if requested).
The forms to be filled out for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 test can be downloaded
via DTAC in a format that allows them to be filled out and transmitted electronically.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1383 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Overloading of the transmission can not be ruled out: Delete diagnostic trouble code.
NO:Overloading of the transmission can be ruled out and diagnostic trouble code TCU
304079.07 appears again and again. GO TO ” Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code
TCU 304079.07 ”.
Action:
→NOTE:
The result of the hydrostatic unit test must be entered in the AutoPowr/IVT
transmission test result table, see ”Hydrostatic unit test result log” in
Reference 253-15-001, AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table. For
valid hydrostatic speed ranges also see ”Hydrostatic unit test result log”!
The test result table and all other forms which must be filled out for
diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 test, can be downloaded via DTAC.
These forms can be filled out and transmitted electronically.
CAUTION:
Whenever performing checks on the transmission circuit, always observe
the relevant safety precautions. See Reference 253-15-003 , Safety
Measures when Testing the Transmission via the Output Test Mode for
Components (Address TCU049).
→NOTE:
Proportional solenoid valves are used to actuate the hydrostatic control
valve. By making an input at the address TCU 049, it is possible to cause
these proportional solenoid valves to operate at different amperages.
Taking engine speed into account, and with zero load, it is possible to move
the swashplate through all its possible angles (function of the proportional
solenoid valves). However, this does not reveal how the hydrostatic unit
will function under load (high-pressure range).
TCU 46 –– Speed and direction of rotation, hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62)
Display varies depending on input value at address TCU 49 and on engine speed: Speed (rpm) XXXX
For test result table, see ”Hydrostatic unit test result log” in Reference 253-15-001.
Result:
NO:Speed values not ok, GO TO: ”Procedure if hydrostatic speed values are not ok” .
Action:
Additional TCU, UIC or PLC diagnostic trouble codes on the tractor that indicate a
problem with a transmission component must be processed first.
Result:
YES:No other diagnostic trouble code exists, indicating a problem with a transmission
component: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test. Try to reproduce the fault
under the same operating conditions.
Action:
Calibrate the transmission (see Reference 245-TCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses)
and answer to the following questions:
→NOTE:
If NO:
- Which error message is displayed when calibration is aborted?
- At what stage does calibration stop:
• When calibrating hydrostatic unit, forward or reverse clutch?
Result:
( 5 ) Check transmission input speed sender (B61), and hydrostatic speed sender
(B62) and replace as necessary
Action:
5.1 - Perform a visual inspection of the senders for transmission input speed
(B61) and hydrostatic speed (B62), and their connectors:
Result:
NO:If necessary repair component or contacts and perform an operational test. Try to
reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions.
Action:
5.2 - Replace transmission input speed sender (B61) and hydrostatic speed sender
(B62) , and perform an operational test. Try to reproduce the fault under the same operating
conditions.
IMPORTANT:
→NOTE:
Repeat transmission calibration if this was not possible before the senders
were replaced.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1389 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
NO:The fault can be reproduced: GO TO: ” Initial tests and questions for diagnostic trouble
code TCU 304079.07 ”.
IMPORTANT:
After the whole diagnostic procedure has been completed, the answers to
the initial questions and tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07
are required to identify the faulty transmission component. All answers to
the initial questions and tests are also part of the ”Checklist (list of
questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07” ; see Section 253,
Group 15.
If requested, the checklist (list of questions) must be filled out in full and
sent to the relevant After-Sales Service station together with the service
report.
→NOTE:
Action:
Questions Answer/comments
Can diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 (i.e. the fault) be reproduced under identical driving
YES/NO
conditions?
Are noises audible all the time or just before the fault occurs? YES/NO
Drive mode (pulling away from stationary, accelerating, slowing down, changing direction?)
Does the fault occur at low engine speeds (below 850 rpm)? YES/NO
Does the fault occur at high engine speeds (above 2000 rpm)? YES/NO
Does the fault occur without any load (vehicle empty)? YES/NO
Does the fault occur under load (working in the field, pulling a trailer)?
IMPORTANT: YES/NO
Do this test only if the fault cannot be reproduced with no load.
Result:
YES:Once answers have been found to all the items in the checklist (list of questions), GO TO
2.
NO:Intermittent fault (it is not possible to reproduce the fault under the same operating
conditions): GO TO 3 .
Action:
Check whether it is possible to drive the tractor and to reproduce the fault in "come-home"
mode.
If the fault can only be reproduced under load and that operating condition is not possible in
the "come-home" mode, this fact must be mentioned in the ”Checklist (list of questions) for
Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07”.
Can the "come-home" mode be used under the same conditions (load/engine speed) that
YES/NO
applied when the fault occurred?
If YES: Can the engine be stalled by braking in the "come-home" mode? YES/NO
If YES: Is a travel speed of 7-9 km/h attained at an engine speed of 1800 rpm? YES/NO
→NOTE:
To do this, stop the engine, remove plug K10/4 (relay box K10) and reinstall
it at a position 90° from its original position. The wording ”Come Home”
must be uppermost.
The clutch pedal must then be used to start, stop and operate the reverse
drive lever. Note the information on the digital display.
Result:
YES:"Come-home" mode is possible: Once answers have been found to all the items in the
checklist (list of questions): GO TO ”Pressure test for transmission and other consumers” .
NO:"Come-home" mode is not possible: Once answers have been found to all the items in the
checklist (list of questions), GO TO ”Pressure test for transmission and other consumers” .
( 3 ) Fault is intermittent
Action:
Possible cause:
Result:
Action:
1. Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07” must be performed.
2. Initial tests and questions for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 must be
answered/performed as possible.
3. Pressure test for transmission and other consumers must be performed.
4. Record in the service report that the fault can not be reproduced under the same
operating conditions (intermittent malfunction).
→NOTE:
Send the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU
304079.07” and the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”
(pressure test for transmission and other consumers) to the relevant After-
Sales Service station together with the service report.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
IMPORTANT:
Once the tests are completed, the test result table must be filled out in full
(for AutoPowr/IVT transmission test result table, see Reference 253-15-001
) and sent to the relevant After-Sales Service station together with the
service report.
→NOTE:
The test result table can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it
to be filled out and transmitted electronically.
( 1 ) Pressure test
Action:
1. System pressure.
2. Reduced system pressure (pressure for other consumers).
3. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.
CAUTION:
IMPORTANT:
Always do ALL the pressure tests in the test result table, otherwise you
may identify only a secondary problem and not the initial one.
Result:
Action:
Precondition for identifying the type of damage (for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07)
is, that it is possible to reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions (no
intermittent fault), and that the diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 has been processed
completely.
Preliminary hydraulic system tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 could not
rectify fault.
→NOTE: If the hydrostatic speed is not to specification in the test, see
”Procedure if hydrostatic speed values are not ok” .
Checklist (list of questions) for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 has been
processed completely and filled out in full
Pressure test for transmission and other consumers ( Reference 253-15-001 ,
AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table) has been completed.
The ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07” has been
analysed.
For the evaluation see Reference 253-15-001C ”Determining What Type of
Damage has Triggered Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07”.
The ”Pressure Test for Transmission and Other Consumers” has been analysed.
For the evaluation see Reference 253-15-001A , Determining the Cause of an
Hydraulic Malfunction that Triggers Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07 and
TCU 304079.07.
IMPORTANT:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
1.1 - Perform a visual inspection of the hydrostatic speed sender (B62) and
their connectors:
Result:
NO:If necessary repair component or contacts and perform an operational test. Try to
reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions.
Action:
1.2 - Replace hydrostatic speed sender (B62) , and perform an operational test. Try to
reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions.
IMPORTANT:
→NOTE:
Repeat hydrostatic unit test if the test failed before the senders were
replaced.
Result:
Action:
IMPORTANT:
→NOTE:
The test result table can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it
to be filled out and transmitted electronically.
1. System pressure.
2. Reduced system pressure (pressure for other consumers).
3. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.
CAUTION:
Result:
Action:
Questions Answer/comments
Can diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 (i.e. the fault) be reproduced under identical
YES/NO
driving conditions?
Have transmission speed senders B61 and B62 been checked and replaced? YES/NO
Are other diagnostic trouble codes saved for the PLC, TCU or UIC? YES/NO If yes , which ones:
Additional questions about the diagnosis performed for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07
Pressure test for transmission and other consumers ( Reference 253-15-001 ) has been
YES/NO
completed.
Have repairs been carried out to eliminate the fault? YES/NO If yes , which ones:
Result:
YES:Send the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07” and
the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table” (pressure test for transmission and other
consumers) to the relevant After-Sales Service station together with the service report.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective line connection between the TCU and the basic informator
(cable 551).
Short circuit.
Open circuit.
Grounded circuit.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cowl harness
W09.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Voltage range (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Voltage range (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group TCU.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
TCU 304090.05- Proportional Valve for Forward Clutch (CF), Open Circuit
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304090.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status
of the CF forward clutch. This indicates that the proportional solenoid′s circuit is open. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
TCU 304091.05- Proportional Valve for Reverse Clutch (CR), Open Circuit
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304091.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status
of the CR reverse clutch. This indicates that the proportional solenoid′s circuit is open. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Voltage range (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group TCU.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
TCU 304106.04- Proportional Valve for Forward Clutch (CF), Shorted to Ground
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304106.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the CF forward
clutch and a drop in voltage can also be detected at the proportional solenoid valve. This
indicates a short to ground in the proportional solenoid′s 12-volt circuit. The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
TCU 304107.04- Proportional Valve for Reverse Clutch (CR), Shorted to Ground
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304107.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the CR reverse
clutch and a drop in voltage can also be detected at the proportional solenoid valve. This
indicates a short to ground in the proportional solenoid′s 12-volt circuit. The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Voltage range (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Voltage range (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group TCU.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
TCU 304122.03- Proportional Valve for Forward Clutch (CF), Shorted Circuit
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304122.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the
switch status of the CF forward clutch. This indicates a short to the power supply (battery
voltage) in the proportional solenoid′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
TCU 304123.03- Proportional Valve for Reverse Clutch (CR), Shorted Circuit
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304123.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the
switch status of the CR reverse clutch. This indicates a short to the power supply (battery
voltage) in the proportional solenoid′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Defective battery.
Defective alternator G02.
Drive belt is defective or slipping.
High current requirements.
High resistance in wiring harness.
Defective lead connection to the transmission control unit (cable 052).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 4
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
( 4 ) Checking the TCU′s operating voltage circuit (cables 052 and 050)
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
When ignition is ON, the internal transmission power supply (VPS) provides
12 volts to the following components:
• Proportional solenoids Y1 and Y2 of hydrostatic unit control valves (lead
652).
• TCU-monitored park-lock solenoid valve Y15-1 (lead 608).
• TCU self-identification current (lead 608).
• Power supply circuit for transmission enable relay K02/1 (lead 652).
• Power supply for range elements C1, C2, C3, C4 and BG (lead 664) with
reverse drive lever in neutral (transmission enable relay K02/1 tripped).
• Power supply for direction clutches (lead 646) with reverse drive lever in
neutral (transmission enable relay K02/1 tripped) and the clutch pedal not
depressed.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) and of the
connectors associated with it:
For information about location and repair of park lock solenoid valve Y15-1 (park lock
control block) refer to:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
Action:
2.2 - Check if the park lock solenoid valve Y15-1 circuit is shorted
See ”Circuit/Harness Test for Park Lock Solenoid Valve (Y15-1)” , Reference 245-TCU-109.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the control voltage and power supply (cable 652) for transmission
enable relay K02/1 (from transmission control unit)
Action:
UIC 11 –– Status, power supply (cable 652) for transmission enable relay K02/1
Internal transmission power supply (VPS) present: Status X1X
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch pedal switch S72 ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the transmission control unit (TCU) and
calibrate the transmission.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the transmission control unit (TCU) and
calibrate the transmission.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the transmission control unit (TCU) and
calibrate the transmission.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:GO TO 2.2
Action:
Check the control unit connected to TCU connector X332 (is the correct control unit
connected?).
Result:
NO:Connect the correct control unit to connector X332 and test its functionality.
Action:
• Ignition OFF.
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
Diagnosis
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
TCU 304146.11- Transmission Output Speed does Not Match Transmission Output
Speed at PLC
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304146.11 is saved if a difference in frequency is detected
between the output signals of the transmission output speed sender. The transmission output
speed that is registered directly by the TCU does not match with the amplified signal from
the PLC′s transmission output speed sender. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
• “Replacing the Sending Unit for Transmission Output Speed (B84) on Tractors with
AutoPowr/IVT Transmission” , Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 30.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address TCU047.
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
NO:Replace the sender with a new one and carry out an operational test.
Action:
See Reference 245-PLC-102 , Circuit test for transmission output speed sender (B84).
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Replace the sender with a new one and carry out an operational test.
Action:
From To
X382-pin 29 X332-pin 65
(PLC) (TCU)
Result:
YES:• Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.• Check that
the sender is installed properly (sender′s position).• Check the sender′s gearwheel for signs
of mechanical damage.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:If diagnostic trouble code is active and no PLC diagnostic trouble code(s) exist, GO TO:
Reference 245-PLC-101 , Circuit test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
2.1 Check the basic setting (neutral position) of the park lock′s pressure sender:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (with engine running): Voltage (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Circuit/Harness test for
park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) XX1
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.
Action:
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) 010
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
• Connect pressure test kit FKM10470 to the test port for measuring system power at the
park lock control block. See Reference 253-15-021 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Checking
Park Lock Pressure.
Park lock pressure and values on the display in diagnostic address PLC 12
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Park lock control block, pressure 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi)
Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Park lock control block, pressure 0 kPa (0 bar; 0 psi)
Result:
YES:Pressure exists, but voltage in address PLC 12 is not to specification: Replace the park
lock′s pressure sender (B90) and repeat the test.
Action:
Result:
TCU 304150.00- Power Zero Signal is Transmitted by the UIC for Too Long
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304150.00 is saved when the transmission control unit receives
the power zero signal from the user interface controller via the CAN BUS for more than 5
minutes. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
Additional References:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
TCU 304151.11- Transmission Output Speed does Not Match Transmission Output
Speed at PLC (CAN BUS Value)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304151.11 is saved when there is a difference in frequency
between the signal sent by transmission output speed sender B63 (the TCU′s sender) and
B84 (the PLC′s sender). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”CAUTION”. This
diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It may be saved by
accident. For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults
occur in conjunction with this code.
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
• “Replacing the Sending Unit (B09, B35 or B84)” , Repair Manual, Section 56, Group 15.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 230-20-001 , Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems, Cold-Weather Starting Aids -
Description of Components - Summary of References.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:Overloading of the transmission can not be ruled out: Delete diagnostic trouble code.
NO:Overloading of the transmission can be ruled out and diagnostic trouble code TCU
304152.00 appears again and again. GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES:If no other diagnostic trouble code indicating an engine or other transmission problem is
present: GO TO 3. GO TO 3 .
Action:
Temperature check:
Result:
NO:If the temperature shown on the gauge is unrealistic, see ”Circuit/Harness Test for Oil
Temperature Sender” , Reference 245-TCU-102.
Action:
Engine at normal operating temperature or it takes too long until engine operating
temperature is reached.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Engine at normal operating temperature or it takes too long until engine operating
temperature is reached: Check engine thermostat, see relevant CTM.
Action:
Visual check:
1. Check and clean side panels, front cover and screens (if equipped).
2. Check for visual signs of damage at the oil cooling system.
3. Check the system for oil leaks.
4. Check the oil hoses and pipes for kinks and dents.
5. Check the oil level in the transmission (see Operator′s Manual).
6. Check filter.
7. Faulty viscous fan drive.
8. Check that the oil has the correct viscosity.
Result:
Action:
Operational check:
Check the condition of the coolant hose between the pump and the intercooler when
engine speed is approx. 900 rpm, and again at 1050 rpm. Pressure build-up at the
pump can be perceived from approx. 1000 rpm, when the coolant hose becomes more
solid.
Result:
Action:
Check hydraulic pump for correct operation. Make sure that the hydraulic system is operating
at normal working pressure (stand-by pressure) with all valves in their neutral position.
Perform load check, see Reference 270-10-010 , Hydraulic System Load Check.
Result:
YES: GO TO 8 .
NO:Problem in the hydraulic system, see Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic
System. Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
At temperatures in excess of 55 °C (131 °F), the oil cooler inlet line should have the same
noticeably hotter temperature as the transmission oil circuit (to check the temperature of the
transmission oil, access address TCU021 ).
”Replacing Thermostat Valve (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair Manual, Section 53,
Group 10.
Result:
YES: GO TO 9 .
Action:
A faulty transmission air pump causes rapid heating of the oil and severe loss of performance
caused by excess oil in the transmission case.
Result:
YES: GO TO 10 .
Action:
Can wrong adjustments and modifications at low temperature circuit be ruled out?
Result:
YES: GO TO 11 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 12 .
Action:
Actuate the brakes several times during a test-drive, then check the brake housing for
overheating.
See Reference 260-15-001 , Steering and Brakes, Tests and Adjustment - Summary of
References
Result:
YES: GO TO 13 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 14 .
Action:
→NOTE:
For test result table and detailed information about the pressure tests, see
Reference 253-15-001 ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”.
The test result table (pressure test for transmission and other consumers)
can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it to be filled out and
transmitted electronically. See test result table for diagnostic trouble
codes TCU 304077.07 and TCU 304079.07.
1. System pressure.
2. Reduced system pressure (pressure for other consumers).
3. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.
CAUTION:
Result:
YES: GO TO 15 .
NO:For the evaluation of the test result table see Reference 253-15-001A , Determining the
Cause of an Hydraulic Malfunction that Triggers Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07 and
TCU 304079.07.
Action:
1. Fill out the test result table in full (pressure test for transmission and other consumers).
2. Prepare the service report with a detailed description of the problem(s) and a list of all
tests performed (with results).
3. Send the service report and the test result table to the relevant After-Sales Service
station.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
The electrical coolant pump is controlled by the BCU via relay (K02/3); it is protected by
fuse F03/09.
Check 20-amp fuse F03/09 and 30-amp fuse F22 between the battery and the pump.
Check the relay (K02/3) for the LTC coolant pump.
Check the setting in address BCU 34 . For input values, see: Address BCU 034 –– Basic
Functions, LTC Coolant Pump Control Function , Section 245, Group BCU in the
Technical Manual.
Check control lead 373, positive leads 372 and 382, and ground lead 310 of the LTC
coolant pump.
The electrical coolant pump is controlled directly by the BCU and is protected by fuse
F22.
For component location and pin arrangement, see starting aid wiring harness W03 and cab
wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Repair the LTC coolant pump (M24) as needed and carry out an operational test.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Priority diagnostic trouble codes that indicate damage to the transmission must be processed
first.
Result:
NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and
the ignition switched ON/OFF) and there are no priority diagnostic codes: Calibrate the
transmission. See Reference 245-TCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses.
TCU 304154.00- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Input Speed Too High
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304154.00 is stored if the TCU detects an excessively high
transmission input speed (engine speed). Speed (travel speed) should be reduced. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
→NOTE:
Additional references:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
If the tractor goes through its warm-up routine every time the engine is
restarted, even although the transmission oil is obviously warm already,
this indicates that the transmission oil temperature sender is defective
(deal with the TCU diagnostic trouble codes).
→NOTE:
If the tractor goes through its warm-up routine every time the engine is
restarted, even although the transmission oil is obviously warm already,
this indicates that the transmission oil temperature sender is defective
(deal with the TCU diagnostic trouble codes).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the PLC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 330): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
2.1
Result:
Action:
2.2
• Operate engine at 1800 rpm for 10 - 15 seconds with oil temperature above 40 °C (104 °F).
• Access addresses TCU005 and TCU021 (oil temperature shown in °C) or template TCU 900 -
Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT Transmission .
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304176.00 appears again and again.
Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Replacing filter
Action:
Change the transmission and hydraulic oil filter and repeat test.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
For information about location and repair of transmission oil pressure switch refer to:
”Replacing Pressure Sending Units B87, S73, S74 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
Filter relief valve sticking OPEN (pressure channel to the restriction switch is open
during regular tractor operation).
Defective filter by-pass valve spring.
A restricted control oil channel in the filter by-pass valve is falsely implying
an incorrect pressure differential.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of transmission oil filter switch (S73) and of the
connectors associated with it:
For information about location and repair of transmission oil pressure switch refer to:
”Replacing Pressure Sending Units B87, S73, S74 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
Result:
YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission oil filter switch S73 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:GO TO: ”Preliminary Tests for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304177.01”.
( 1 ) Check transmission oil pressure and transmission oil filter functions using the
diagnostic address
Action:
• Access address TCU005 or template TCU900 - Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT
Transmission .
• Do this test while the engine is off and again when the engine is on (with speed set at 1800
rpm).
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 appears again and again on tractor. GO TO:
”Pressure tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01”
NO:GO TO 1.2.
Action:
• Operate engine at 1800 rpm for 10 - 15 seconds with oil temperature above 40 °C (104 °F).
• Access addresses TCU005 and TCU021 (oil temperature shown in °C) or template TCU900 -
Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT Transmission .
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
NO:Replace the filter with a new one and repeat the test.
Action:
• Access addresses TCU005 and TCU021 (oil temperature shown in °C) or template TCU900 -
Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT Transmission .
Result:
NO:System pressure at both pressure switch not to specification, GO TO: ”Pressure tests for
diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01” .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of transmission oil pressure switch (S74) and of the
connectors associated with it:
For information about location and repair of transmission oil pressure switch refer to:
”Replacing Pressure Sending Units B87, S73, S74 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
→NOTE:
The transmission oil pressure switch is normally open and should close as
pressure increases:
Result:
YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission oil pressure switch S74 ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.
IMPORTANT:
If diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304077.07 and/or TCU 304079.07 are also
present on the tractor and it is not possible to resolve the problem by
performing the preliminary tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU
304177.01, the diagnostic procedure for diagnostic trouble codes TCU
304077.07 and/or TCU 304079.07 must be carried out instead of the
”Pressure Tests for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304177.01”!
( 1 ) Pressure test
Action:
→NOTE:
For test result table and detailed information about the pressure tests, see
Reference 253-15-001 ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”.
The test result table (pressure test for transmission and other consumers)
can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it to be filled out and
transmitted electronically. See test result table for diagnostic trouble
codes TCU 304077.07 and TCU 304079.07.
1. System pressure.
2. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.
CAUTION:
Result:
YES:All pressure values are within specification, a loose contact in the circuit of transmission
oil pressure switch (S74) can be ruled out. GO TO 2 .
NO:See ”Determining the cause of an hydraulic malfunction when system pressure and/or
lube oil pressure is/are not OK” in Reference 253-15-001A.
( 2 ) Procedure when diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 appears again and
again and the pressure tests are OK
Action:
→NOTE:
The test result table (pressure test for transmission and other consumers)
can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it to be filled out and
transmitted electronically (see test result table for diagnostic trouble
codes TCU 304077.07 and TCU 304079.07).
Send a detailed description of problem in the service report with the test result table
(pressure test for transmission and other consumers) and information about system
pressure and lube oil pressure to the relevant After-Sales Service station.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Possible causes:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
• Access addresses TCU005 and TCU021 (oil temperature shown in °C) or template TCU900 -
Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT Transmission .
• Do this test while the engine is on (with speed set at 1800 rpm).
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed. Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304178.07 appears again and again.
Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO 3 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of filter by-pass valve switch (B87) and of the connector
associated with it:
For information about location and repair of transmission oil pressure switch refer to:
”Replacing Pressure Sending Units B87, S73, S74 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
Result:
YES:GO TO 3.2.
Action:
See: Circuit/harness test for switch on filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (B87) ; see
Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Reasons for problems with the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (depending on
circuit):
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Possible causes:
Additional references:
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2 - Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first :
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 does not exist and code TCU 304179.07 appears
again and again: GO TO 2 .
NO:Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 exists: GO TO: Diagnostic procedure for
diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01.
Action:
• Access addresses TCU005 and TCU021 (oil temperature shown in °C) or template TCU900 -
Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT Transmission .
• Do this test while the engine is off and again when the engine is on (with speed set at 1800
rpm).
Engine running (switch is OPEN): Status with oil temperature below +5 °C (41 °F) 0XX
Engine running (switch is CLOSED when pressurized): Status with oil temperature above +30 °C (86 °F) 1XX
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed. • Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304179.07 appears again and
again: Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO 4 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
• Access address TCU 05 or template TCU 900 - Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT
Transmission .
• Do this test while the engine is on (with speed set at 1800 rpm).
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:See procedure for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01, Section 211, Group TCU.
( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the switch (B87) for the filter by-pass valve (cold-
weather starting)
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of filter by-pass valve switch (B87) and of the connector
associated with it:
For information about location and repair of transmission oil pressure switch refer to:
”Replacing Pressure Sending Units B87, S73, S74 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
Result:
YES:GO TO 4.2.
Action:
See: Circuit/harness test for switch on filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (B87) ; see
Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Reasons for problems with the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (depending on
circuit):
Result:
Diagnosis
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the ECU diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).
TCU 304230.19- Data Transmitted by Park Lock Controller is Incomplete (Park Lock
Pressure Sender)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304230.19 is stored if the park lock controller (PLC) does not
register the status of the park lock pressure sender and so cannot provide the requisite data
to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble
code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a diagnostic
trouble code at the park lock controller (PLC) and sets off an “information” alarm.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).
TCU 304236.19- Data Transmitted by Park Lock Controller is Incomplete (Park Lock
Solenoid Valve Y15-2)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304236.19 is stored if the park lock controller (PLC) does not
register the status of the park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) and so cannot provide the requisite
data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a
diagnostic trouble code at the park lock controller (PLC) and sets off an “information” alarm.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.3.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the TEC controller.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the TEC controller.
internal memory.
Alarm level: Information.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the TEC controller.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) , (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Do the 29-bit Implement CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Operator′s Cab and TEC) , (Section
213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required.
TEC 000639.14- 29-bit Implement CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate
45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 000639.14 is saved if the data received by the TEC controller
from the 29-bit implement CAN BUS are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the
29-bit implement CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Do the 29-bit Implement CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Operator′s Cab and TEC) , (Section
213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required.
TEC 001231.14- 29-bit Tractor CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate
45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 001231.14 is saved if the data received by the TEC controller
from the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the 29-
bit tractor CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS.
Result:
NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Recondition as required.
TEC 298751.31- Fault in the Power Supply to Controllers at the Implement BUS or
Fault in System Voltage (ELX)
45
The power supply to the controllers installed at the implement BUS is switched via a relay. If,
with relay K46 switched on, the power supply to the controllers installed on the implement
BUS is too high, then diagnostic trouble code TEC 298751.31 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
TEC 006 - Check the power supply to the components at the implement BUS
Switch the ignition ON, first four digits! Voltage between 06.50XXXX and 17.50XXXX volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Introductory checks
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of implement BUS (K46) and of the connector associated with it:
Relays K46/K47
LEGEND:
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K46; Power Supply to Components at Implement BUS) ,
see 245-TEC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Test for Relay (K46, power supply of
components at implement BUS) .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
TEC 298752.31- Fault in the Power Supply to the Controllers at the Implement BUS
45
The power supply to the controllers installed at the implement BUS is switched via a relay. If,
with relay K46 switched on, the power supply to the controllers installed on the implement
BUS is too low (less than 6 volts), or, with relay K46 switched off, a power supply is detected,
then diagnostic trouble code TEC 298752.31 is triggered. This indicates damage either at the
harness or at relay K46.
Alarm level: Information.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Diagnostic trouble code TEC 298786.04 must be treated first. Is diagnostic trouble code
TEC 298786.04 also active?
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1598 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
TEC 006 –– Check the power supply to the components at the implement BUS
Switch the ignition ON, first four digits! Voltage between 06.50XXXX and 17.50XXXX volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Introductory checks
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of implement BUS (K46) and of the connector associated with it:
Relays K46/K47
LEGEND:
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K46; Power Supply to Components at Implement BUS) ,
see 245-TEC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Test for Relay (K46, power supply of
components at implement BUS) .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
TEC 298753.31- Fault in the Power Supply to the Components at the Implement
BUS
45
The power supply to the components at the implement BUS is switched via a relay. If, with
relay K47 switched on, the power supply is too low (less than 6 volts), or, with the relay
switched off, a power supply is detected, then diagnostic trouble code TEC 298753.31 is
triggered. This indicates damage either at the harness or at relay K47.
Alarm level: Information.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2 Diagnostic trouble code TEC 298786.04 must be treated first. Is diagnostic trouble code
TEC 298786.04 also active?
Result:
NO:GO TO 1.3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1602 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Introductory checks
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of relay (K47; power supply to components at the implement
BUS) and of the connector associated with it:
Relays K46/K47
LEGEND:
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K47; Power Supply to Implement BUS) , see 245-ATC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Test for Relay (K47, power supply for
implement BUS) .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
TEC 298754.31- Fault in the Power Supply to Components at the Implement BUS or
Fault in System Voltage (ELX)
45
If the difference between system voltage (ELX) and the power supply to the components at
the implement BUS is greater than 6 volts, diagnostic trouble code TEC 298754.31 is
triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Introductory checks
Action:
Perform a visual inspection of relay (K47; power supply to components at the implement
BUS) and of the connector associated with it:
Relays K46/K47
LEGEND:
Result:
Action:
Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K47; Power Supply to Implement BUS) , see 245-TEC.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Test for Relay (K47, power supply for
implement BUS) .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.3.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
• Address TEC 004 indicates status only (1= voltage present, 0= voltage not present).
.• Access address TEC004 :
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Engine running in low idle (over 512 rpm): Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 4 .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1611 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action:
Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240,
Group 15.
Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240, Group 15.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
• Address TEC 004 indicates status only (1= voltage present, 0= voltage not present).
• Access address TEC004 :
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the TEC controller.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the TEC controller.
often saved by chance when the main switch is turned (ignition ON and OFF) and can be
ignored.
TEC 522550.14- Implement Connected to 29-bit Implement CAN BUS is Not
Compatible with ISO
45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 522550.14 is triggered if the implement connected to the
implement CAN BUS does not conform to ISO standard.
Alarm level: Information.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
If the diagnostic trouble code remains active, make sure that the
implement conforms to ISO standard. If necessary, contact the implement
manufacturer.
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: If the implement does not conform to ISO standard,
contact the other-make manufacturer.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Recondition as required.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
→NOTE:
The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.
→NOTE:
The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.
→NOTE:
The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.
→NOTE:
The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.
TEI 000639.14- 29-bit Implement CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate
45
→NOTE:
The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.
→NOTE:
The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.
TEI 001231.14- 29-bit Tractor CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate
45
→NOTE:
The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.
45
→NOTE:
The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.
→NOTE:
The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the user interface controller (UIC) with a
new one.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the user interface controller (UIC) with a
new one.
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Are other diagnostic trouble codes saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS (BIF 000639.02)?
Result:
NO: BIF 000639.02 - 29 BIT CAN BUS, open circuit (section 211, group BIF) takes priority.
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for brake pedal switch (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section
245, group UIC.
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is actuated indicates a
defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:• Defective circuit, GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.• If voltage range is too high or too low, GO TO:
Adjusting the brake pedals. See: Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals and
Switches.
Action:
• Slowly press the left brake pedal all the way down.
• At the moment when the switch can be heard to trip, voltage at the brake pedal switch
should be:
• Slowly press the right brake pedal all the way down.
• At the moment when the switch can be heard to trip, voltage at the brake pedal switch
should be:
Result:
NO:Adjust the brake pedal sensor. See: Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals
and Switches.
UIC 305011.11- Front-Wheel Drive Speed and Transmission Output Speed Do Not
Match
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305011.11 is stored if with FWD engaged and transmission oil
temperature over 10° C (50° F) the registered ratio between FWD speed and transmission
output speed is incorrect. The diagnostic trouble code deactivates front-wheel drive and sets
off a “CAUTION” alarm.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Address UIC043 - Input address for transmission ratio of front-wheel drive axle , Section
245, Group UIC.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
( 2 ) Check the input address for transmission ratio of front-wheel drive axle
Action:
Check the input value in address UIC043; see Address UIC043 - Input address for
transmission ratio of front-wheel drive axle .
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
• Do this check while the tractor is in motion with the front-wheel drive engaged:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for front-wheel
drive axle speed sender (B89) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.• Type of error
indicates a defective front-wheel drive clutch: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for front-wheel drive axle speed sender (B89) ; see Technical
Manual, section 245, group UIC.
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
2.1 Check the basic setting (neutral position) of the park lock′s pressure sender:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (with engine running): Voltage (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Circuit/Harness test for
park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) XX1
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.
Action:
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) 010
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
NO: GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check the transmission oil pressure sender (S74) (for the functional schematic of the
circuit, refer to SE26; for the position of the components, refer to W28).
NO:Refer to diagnostics for erroneous system pressure (diagnostic trouble code TCU
304177.01, Section 211, Group TCU).
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
• Connect pressure test kit FKM10470 to the test port for measuring system power at the
park lock control block. See Reference 253-15-021 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Checking
Park Lock Pressure.
Park lock pressure and values on the display in diagnostic address PLC012
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Park lock control block, pressure 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi)
Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Park lock control block, pressure 0 kPa (0 bar; 0 psi)
Result:
YES:Pressure exists, but voltage in address PLC 12 is not to specification: Replace the park
lock′s pressure sender (B90) and repeat the test.
Action:
Result:
UIC 305016.11- UIC Detects Travel Speed even although the Park Lock is Engaged
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305016.11 is stored if a travel speed signal is present, even
although the “park position” is commanded and the UIC has received confirmation that the
park lock is engaged. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
2.1 Check the basic setting (neutral position) of the park lock′s pressure sender:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (with engine running): Voltage (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) XX1
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group TCU.
Action:
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) 010
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
NO: GO TO 6 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Check the transmission oil pressure sender (S74) (for the functional schematic of the
circuit, refer to SE26; for the position of the components, refer to W28).
NO:Refer to diagnostics for erroneous system pressure (diagnostic trouble code TCU
304177.01, Section 211, Group TCU).
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
• Connect pressure test kit FKM10470 to the test port for measuring system power at the
park lock control block. See Reference 253-15-021 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Checking
Park Lock Pressure.
Park lock pressure and values on the display in diagnostic address PLC 12
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Park lock control block, pressure 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi)
Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Park lock control block, pressure 0 kPa (0 bar; 0 psi)
Result:
YES:Pressure exists, but voltage in address PLC 12 is not to specification: Replace the park
lock′s pressure sender (B90) and repeat the test.
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly turn the potentiometer through its full range. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cruise control potentiometer (A19) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cruise control potentiometer (A19) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 289).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
A defective cruise control potentiometer (A19).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly turn the potentiometer through its full range. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cruise control potentiometer (A19) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cruise control potentiometer (A19) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly turn the AutoPowr selector through its full range. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the AutoPowr selector is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for AutoPowr selector (B83) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for AutoPowr selector (B83) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Short circuit at the signal lead between the AutoPowr selector and UIC
(cable 265).
A defective ground connection between the AutoPowr selector and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
A defective AutoPowr selector (B83).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly turn the AutoPowr selector through its full range. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the AutoPowr selector is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for AutoPowr selector (B83) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for AutoPowr selector (B83) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for seat switch (S40) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for seat switch (S40) ; see Technical Manual, section 245,
group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the accelerator pedal′s potentiometer through its full range.
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the pedal is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group
UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the accelerator pedal′s potentiometer through its full range.
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the pedal is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group
UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the accelerator pedal′s potentiometer through its full range.
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the pedal is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group
UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the hand throttle′s potentiometer through its full range. Do
not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the hand throttle′s potentiometer through its full range. Do
not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and the UIC
(cable 287).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
A defective hand throttle potentiometer (B78).
Additional references:
• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the hand throttle′s potentiometer through its full range. Do
not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the clutch down fully. An acoustic signal or sudden voltage
change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Action:
• Do this check with the reverse drive lever in its position for neutral:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.
Action:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the clutch pedal
potentiometer and the clutch pedal switch for loose, poor or slid-back contacts.
NO:Check the installation of the clutch pedal potentiometer and switch (see relevant passage
in Repair Manual).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is actuated indicates a
defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and the UIC
(cable 278).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components
(cable 243):
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
Defective brake pedal sensor unit (B88).
Additional references:
• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the brake is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is actuated indicates a
defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and the UIC
(cable 276).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components
(cable 243):
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
Defective brake pedal sensor unit (B88).
Additional references:
• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the brake is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for speed wheel ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for speed wheel ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group
UIC.
UIC 305051.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Engine
Temperature)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305051.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding engine temperature is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception
could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
UIC 305052.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Engine
Load/Maximum Injection Rate)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305052.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding maximum engine load is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
UIC 305053.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Engine Speed)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305053.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding engine speed is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could
be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”Information”.
This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It may be saved by
accident. For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults
occur in conjunction with this code.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
UIC 305055.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Engine
Load/Current Injection Rate)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305055.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding current engine load is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception
could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
”Information”. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It
may be saved by accident. For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or
more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
UIC 305056.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Engine Speed)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305056.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding engine speed is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could
be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
UIC 305059.09- Basic Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Status of Front-
Wheel Drive)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305059.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the basic control unit (BCU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding the current status of the front-wheel drive is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
UIC 305060.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Torque
Characteristics)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305060.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding activated torque curve is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
TCU diagnostic trouble code(s) that indicate(s) a defect at the transmission output speed
sender (B63) should take priority.
Result:
YES:If no TCU diagnostic trouble codes are saved, GO TO: Reference 245-TCU-107, Circuit
test for transmission output speed sender (B63) .
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the brake is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
NO:• If voltage range is too high or too low, GO TO: Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the
Brake Pedals and Switches.• Defective circuit, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for brake pedal
potentiometers (B88) in Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the brake is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
NO:• If voltage range is too high or too low, GO TO: Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the
Brake Pedals and Switches.• Defective circuit, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for brake pedal
potentiometers (B88) in Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the potentiometer through its full range (set speeds 1 and 2).
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 4.0 - 4.5 volts
Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum position
Mid-range voltage 1.1 - 1.4 volts
of set speed 2)
Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 2.0 - 2.25 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ; see Technical Manual, section
245, group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ;
see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the potentiometer through its full range (set speeds 1 and 2).
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 4.0 - 4.5 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ; see Technical Manual, section
245, group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ;
see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and the UIC
(cable 247).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
Defective speed control lever potentiometer (B67).
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the potentiometer through its full range (set speeds 1 and 2).
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 4.0 - 4.5 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
UIC 305135.02- Neutral Switch and a Park Lock Switch are Actuated
Simultaneously for Too Long a Period
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305135.02 is saved if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signals of the neutral switch and of the switch for corner park or
centre park are being received simultaneously for too long a period of time. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”CAUTION”. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily have any real meaning. It may be saved by accident. For this reason, diagnosis
only needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
UIC 305137.02- Power-Zero Switch, Move Switch and either the Forward or
Reverse Switch are Activated Simultaneously for too Long a Period
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305137.02 is saved if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signals of the power-zero switch, move switch and either the forward
or reverse switch are received simultaneously for too long a period of time. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”CAUTION”. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily have any real meaning. It may be saved by accident. For this reason, diagnosis
only needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
YES:Diagnostic trouble code was generated after calibration and is not active: Diagnosis
completed.
Action:
2.1 Check the basic setting (neutral position) of the park lock′s pressure sender:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1780 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
3 Neutral
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (with engine running): Voltage (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Circuit/Harness test for
park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) XX1
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.
Action:
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) 010
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.
Action:
CAUTION:
During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.
• Connect pressure test kit FKM10470 to the test port for measuring system power at the
park lock control block. See Reference 253-15-021 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Checking
Park Lock Pressure.
Park lock pressure and values on the display in diagnostic address PLC 12
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Park lock control block, pressure 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi)
Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Park lock control block, pressure 0 kPa (0 bar; 0 psi)
Result:
YES:Pressure OK, but voltage in address PLC 12 is not to specification: Replace the park
lock′s pressure sender (B90) and repeat the test.
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for seat switch (S40) ; see Technical Manual, section 245,
group UIC.
Action:
See Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse drive lever (S80).
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the reverse drive
lever and the seat switch for loose, poor or slid-back contacts.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for seat switch (S40) ; see Technical Manual, section 245,
group UIC.
Action:
See Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse drive lever (S80).
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the reverse drive
lever and the seat switch for loose, poor or slid-back contacts.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the clutch down fully. An acoustic signal or sudden voltage
change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the clutch down fully. An acoustic signal or sudden voltage
change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and the UIC
(cable 254).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
Defective clutch pedal potentiometer (B65).
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the clutch down fully. An acoustic signal or sudden voltage
change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
UIC 305146.02- Move Switch or Power Zero Switch has been Opened by Mistake
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305146.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signal from the move switch or power-zero switch is no longer being
received. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
UIC 305148.02- Forward Switch or Reverse Switch has been Opened by Mistake
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305148.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signals from the forward or reverse switches are no longer being
received. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05).
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type switch for speed control lever (S108) ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the potentiometer through its full range (set speeds 1 and 2).
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 4.0 - 4.5 volts
Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum position
Mid-range voltage 1.1 - 1.4 volts
of set speed 2)
Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 2.0 - 2.25 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 4
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ;
see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
Action:
→NOTE:
Within each set speed, only one Hall-type switch should be activated at any
one time, even if lateral pressure is applied to the speed control lever.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the Hall-type
potentiometer and/or the Hall-type switch for loose, poor or slid-back contacts (see:
Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) and/or
Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type switch for speed control lever (S108) ; see Technical
Manual, section 245, group UIC).
NO:Repair speed control lever as needed and carry out an operational test for speed control
lever (set speeds 1 and 2) .
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type switch for speed control lever (S108) ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly move the potentiometer through its full range (set speeds 1 and 2).
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.
Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 4.0 - 4.5 volts
Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum position
Mid-range voltage 1.1 - 1.4 volts
of set speed 2)
Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 2.0 - 2.25 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ;
see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.
Action:
→NOTE:
Within each set speed, only one Hall-type switch should be activated at any
one time, even if lateral pressure is applied to the speed control lever.
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the Hall-type
potentiometer and/or the Hall-type switch for loose, poor or slid-back contacts (see:
Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) and/or
Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type switch for speed control lever (S108) ; see Technical
Manual, section 245, group UIC).
NO:Repair speed control lever as needed and carry out an operational test for speed control
lever (set speeds 1 and 2) .
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Engine running at low idle (above 512 rpm): Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts
Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts
Result:
YES:Check the power supply circuit of the reverse drive lever, GO TO 2.2.
NO:A general problem with the power supply to the user interface controller: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
NO: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the power supply circuit for reverse drive lever/user interface
controller
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cowl harness
W09.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
UIC 305170.19- Transmission Control Unit and Park Lock Controller are
Transmitting Incomplete Data (Transmission Output Speed)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305170.19 is stored if the transmission control unit (TCU) and
park lock controller (PLC) do not register any transmission output speed and so cannot
provide the requisite data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates
this diagnostic trouble code in the UIC. In its “active” state, this fault also generates a
diagnostic trouble code at the TCU and/or PLC. This diagnostic trouble code sets off an
“Information” alarm.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
TCU diagnostic trouble code(s) that indicate(s) a defect at the transmission output speed
sender (B63) and PLC diagnostic trouble code(s) that indicate(s) a defect at transmission
output speed sender (B84) should take priority.
Result:
YES:If no TCU and PLC diagnostic trouble codes are saved, GO TO: Reference 245-TCU-107 ,
Circuit test for transmission output speed sender (B63) and/or Reference 245-PLC-102 ,
Circuit test for transmission output speed sender (B84).
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access addresses UIC016, UIC018, UIC020, UIC022, UIC024, UIC025, UIC027 and
UIC028, or template UIC907 - 5-volt Components .
Make sure that the displays for addresses UIC016, UIC018, UIC020, UIC022, UIC024,
UIC025, UIC027 and UIC028 meet the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
3.1
Supply voltage for Hall-type potentiometer on hand throttle lever (B78), at plug X370
between pin 1 (lead 243, positive) and pin 2 (lead 241; ground): Voltage 5 volts
between pin 6 (lead 243, positive) and pin 5 (lead 241; ground): Voltage 5 volts
Result:
YES:If power supply to the plug is once again OK after the plugs all the 5-volt components
have been pulled out: GO TO 3.2
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Reconnect the components one at a time. Check the power supply each time you reconnect a
component.
Result:
( 4 ) Checking the 5-volt power supply circuit (positive cable 243 and ground cable
241)
Action:
Check the supply voltage between the positive lead and any suitable ground point.
Supply voltage for Hall-type potentiometer on hand throttle lever (B78), at plug X370
between pin 1 (lead 243, positive) and any suitable ground point: Voltage 5 volts
between pin 6 (lead 243, positive) and any suitable ground point: Voltage 5 volts
Result:
YES:GO TO 4.3
NO:GO TO 4.2
Action:
4.2
Check positive lead 243 and ground lead 241 between the component plug and the controller
plug (continuity, grounded circuit and shorted circuit).
Result:
YES:If positive lead 243 and ground lead 241 are OK: Replace the UIC and do an operational
test on the 5-volt components.
NO:Recondition the leads as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt components.
Action:
4.3
Check ground lead 241 between the component plug and controller plug X113 (continuity
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1831 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:If ground lead 241 is OK: Replace the UIC and do an operational test on the 5-volt
components.
NO:Recondition the leads as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt components.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
A fault in the 5-volt power supply circuit (ground cable 241 and/or
positive cable 243)
A defect at a 5-volt component.
Additional references:
• ”Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.
• ”Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Ignition ON.
Access addresses UIC016, UIC018, UIC020, UIC022, UIC024, UIC025, UIC027 and
UIC028, or template UIC907 - 5-volt Components .
Make sure that the displays for addresses UIC016, UIC018, UIC020, UIC022, UIC024,
UIC025, UIC027 and UIC028 meet the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
3.1
Supply voltage for Hall-type potentiometer on hand throttle lever (B78), at plug X370
between pin 1 (lead 243, positive) and pin 2 (lead 241; ground): Voltage 5 volts
between pin 6 (lead 243, positive) and pin 5 (lead 241; ground): Voltage 5 volts
Result:
YES:If power supply to the plug is once again OK after the plugs all the 5-volt components
have been pulled out: GO TO 3.2
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Reconnect the components one at a time. Check the power supply each time you reconnect a
component.
Result:
( 4 ) Checking the 5-volt power supply circuit (positive cable 243 and ground cable
241)
Action:
Check the supply voltage between the positive lead and any suitable ground point.
Supply voltage for Hall-type potentiometer on hand throttle lever (B78), at plug X370
between pin 1 (lead 243, positive) and any suitable ground point: Voltage 5 volts
between pin 6 (lead 243, positive) and any suitable ground point: Voltage 5 volts
Result:
YES:GO TO 4.3
NO:GO TO 4.2
Action:
4.2
Check positive lead 243 and ground lead 241 between the component plug and the controller
plug (continuity, grounded circuit and shorted circuit).
Result:
YES:If positive lead 243 and ground lead 241 are OK: Replace the UIC and do an operational
test on the 5-volt components.
NO:Recondition the leads as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt components.
Action:
4.3
Check ground lead 241 between the component plug and controller plug X113 (continuity
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1837 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result:
YES:If ground lead 241 is OK: Replace the UIC and do an operational test on the 5-volt
components.
NO:Recondition the leads as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt components.
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
UIC 305184.01- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine Has Stopped - Reverse Drive
Lever Still in Position for a Direction of Travel
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305184.01 is stored if the engine has shut down while the
ignition is still switched on and the reverse drive lever is still in the position for a direction of
travel. To restart, the reverse drive lever must first be moved to the position for neutral or
corner park. This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is
intended only as information for the operator; it sets off an “information” alarm.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
1.2
Result:
YES:No additional TCU and PLC diagnostic trouble code(s) is/are stored: Check the
hydrostatic unit. See procedure for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 –– Amperage at
Proportional Solenoids of Hydrostatic Unit does not Match the Registered Speed .
NO:Additionally stored TCU and PLC diagnostic trouble code(s) take(s) priority.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
The UIC interrupts ground cable 263 to transmission enable relay K02/1 in
the following cases:
• A problem has been detected in the transmission monitoring circuit (TCU
diagnostic trouble codes take priority).
• A problem has been detected in the control voltage and 12-volt power
supply to transmission enable relay K02/1 (TCU diagnostic trouble codes
take priority).
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
• Engine off.
→NOTE:
With the reverse drive lever in its neutral position, the correct display
(”X11”) must stay on the screen for longer than 5 seconds. The display
must be watched for at least 5 seconds, as some of the faults at relay
K02/1 take 5 seconds to appear on the screen. The relay is then de-
activated after approx. five seconds.
LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (relay activated by UIC via ground lead 263): Status X11
Result:
YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch pedal switch S72 ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1
→NOTE:
1.2
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3
Action:
1.3
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.4
Action:
Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Result:
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .
NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).
( 2 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
Action:
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
UIC 305207.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Tractor Start-up with Reverse Drive
Lever Not in Neutral or Corner Park
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305207.02 is generated if the reverse drive lever is neither in
neutral nor corner park while the tractor is being jump-started. This diagnostic trouble code is
not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is intended only as information for the operator;
it triggers the alarm level: “Information”. If diagnostic trouble code 305207.02 is generated
even though there has been no attempt to jump-start the tractor, this indicates that the
neutral start switch (S79) must be defective.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): GO TO 2 .
Action:
UIC 11 –– Status, power supply (cable 652) for transmission enable relay K02/1
Internal transmission power supply (VPS) present: Status X1X
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.
( 3 ) Checking the circuit of internal transmission power supply (VPS1; cable 652)
Action:
Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.
Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the user interface controller (UIC) with a
new one.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Check the controller connected to UIC connector X133 (is the correct controller connected?).
Result:
NO:Connect the correct controller to connector X133 and test its functionality.
Action:
• Ignition OFF.
Result:
Diagnosis
→NOTE:
Additional References:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnosis for symptom: Unusual Noise when running or rough front PTO engagement .... 198
Group 60 - Steering and Brakes .......................................................................................... 205
Diagnosis ........................................................................................................................... 205
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 208
Group 70 - Hydraulic System ............................................................................................... 210
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 210
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 213
Group 80 - Miscellaneous ..................................................................................................... 215
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 215
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 219
Group 90 - Operator′s Station ............................................................................................. 224
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 224
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 226
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 229
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 232
Group 20 - Engine
Engine Observable Symptom Diagnostics
66
Additional references:
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and
TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 1 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and
TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.
For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E1 - ENGINE CRANKS/WON′T START in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM220.
For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E1 - ENGINE CRANKS/WON′T START in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM331.
For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E1 - ENGINE CRANKS/WON′T START in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM 207.
For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E2 - ENGINE MISFIRES/RUNS IRREGULARLY in Section 04, Group 150 of
CTM220.
For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E2 - ENGINE MISFIRES/RUNS IRREGULARLY in Section 04, Group 150 of
CTM331.
For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E2 - ENGINE MISFIRES/RUNS IRREGULARLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM 207.
Engine Does Not Develop Engine For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E3 ENGINE DOES NOT DEVELOP FULL POWER in Section 04, Group 150 of
Full Power Problem CTM284.
For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E3 ENGINE DOES NOT DEVELOP FULL POWER in Section 04, Group 150 of
CTM220.
For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E3 - ENGINE DOES NOT DEVELOP FULL POWER in Section 04, Group 150 of
CTM331.
For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E3 - ENGINE DOES NOT DEVELOP FULL POWER in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM
207.
Engine Emits Excessive Engine For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E4 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE in Section 04, Group 150
White Exhaust Smoke Problem of CTM284.
For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E4 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE in Section 04, Group
150 of CTM220.
For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E4 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE in Section 04, Group
150 of CTM331.
For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E4 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE in Section 04, Group 150
of CTM 207.
Engine Emits Excessive Engine For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E5 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY SMOKE in Section 04, Group 150
Black Or Gray Smoke Problem of CTM284.
For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E5 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY SMOKE in Section 04, Group
150 of CTM220.
For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E5 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY SMOKE in Section 04, Group
150 of CTM331.
For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E5 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY EXHAUST SMOKE in Section 04,
Group 150 of CTM 207.
Engine
Engine Will Not Crank For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E6 - ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM284.
Problem
For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E6 - ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM220.
For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E6 - ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM331.
For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E6 - ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM 207.
Engine
Engine Idles Poorly For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E7 - ENGINE IDLES POORLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM284.
Problem
For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E7 - ENGINE IDLES POORLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM220.
For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E7 - ENGINE IDLES POORLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM331.
For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E7 - ENGINE IDLES POORLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM 207.
Engine
Abnormal Engine Noise For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E8 - ABNORMAL ENGINE NOISE in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM284.
Problem
For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E8 - ABNORMAL ENGINE NOISE in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM220.
For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E8 - ABNORMAL ENGINE NOISE in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM331.
For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E8 - ABNORMAL ENGINE NOISE in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM 207.
Engine
Engine Oil Pressure Low See 4.5L/6.8L - L2 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM104.
Problem
Engine
Engine Oil Pressure High See 4.5L/6.8L - L3 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE HIGH in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM104.
Problem
Engine Coolant
Engine
Temperature Above See 4.5L/6.8L - C1 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ABOVE NORMAL in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM104.
Problem
Normal
Engine Coolant
Engine
Temperature Below See 4.5L/6.8L - C2 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW NORMAL in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM104.
Problem
Normal
Symptoms:
Additional references:
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of fuel pump (B03) and of the connectors associated with
them:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Fuel pump (B03) in fuel tank, see Reference 240-15-002 (SE02 - Instrument Unit).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the fuel pump circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 322 between fuse (F04/11) and fuel pump (B03).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
Symptoms:
Additional references:
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of fuel pump (Y02) and of the connectors associated with
them:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check Fuel pump (Y02), see Reference 240-15-001 (SE01 - Starting Motor and Charging
Circuit).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the fuel pump circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 264 from relay K113 to the fuel pump (Y02).
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02 and cab
wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Result:
Symptoms:
Additional references:
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of the electrical starting aid R28 in the cylinder head and of
all the connectors associated with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
• Check relay for starting motor and electrical starting aid (K36).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of the electrical starting aid circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 342 from relay K36 to the electrical starting aid R28 and fuse F11.
• Check positive lead 362/381 from fuse F11 to indicator light H77.
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
Result:
Problem with Electrical Starting Aid (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station)
65
Symptoms:
Additional references:
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of the electrical starting aid (R15) in the intake passage and
of all the connectors associated with it.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
• Check relay for starting motor and electrical starting aid (K36).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the fuel pump circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 342 from relay K36 to the electrical starting aid R15 and to fuse F11.
• Check positive lead 362 from fuse F11 to indicator light H77.
• Check ground lead 310 at indicator light H77 and at relay K36.
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02 and cab
wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Result:
Symptoms:
Additional references:
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of the fuel preheater (R02) at fuel filter and of all the
connectors associated with it.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the fuel preheater circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 317 from relay K09/03 to fuel preheater (R02).
• Check ground lead 310 at fuel preheater (R02) and at relay K09/03.
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Result:
Symptoms:
Additional references:
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of the fuel preheater (R02) at fuel filter and of all the
connectors associated with it.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the fuel preheater circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 264 from relay K113 to fuel preheater (R02).
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02 and cab
wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Result:
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary tests
Action:
→NOTE:
All related codes must be resolved before proceeding. Access the codes.
Result:
Action:
If a reprogramming procedure is aborted, the result is that the relevant control unit can no
longer be displayed.
Result:
NO:Reprogramming was started and aborted, GO TO: Reprogramming was aborted , Section
212, Group 40.
Action:
ATC Control unit for ClimaTrac (automatic air-conditioning) F05/1 (ELX) and F05/14 (BAT)
ECU Engine control unit (ECU) (level 1 - DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) F04/1 (IGN)
ECU Engine control unit (Level 11, HPCR) F04/1 (IGN), F04/2 (BAT) and F04/9 (ELX)
F04/9 (ELX)
ECU Engine control unit (Level 12, STANADYNE DE10) F04/2 (BAT)
F04/1 (IGN)
EPC Control unit for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions F04/15 (ELX) and F04/16 (BAT)
SFA Control unit for front axle and cab suspension F03/8 (BAT) and F04/9 (ELX)
SIC Controller for the E-SCVs / E-ICVs F03/13 (BAT) and F03/15 (ELX)
SSU AutoTrac (steering system) control unit F06/14 (BAT) and F06/15 (ELX)
TCU Control unit for AutoPowr/IVT transmission F04/15 (ELX) and F05/5 (BAT)
TEC Control unit for tractor equipment interface F06/14 (BAT) and F06/15 (ELX)
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
Action:
→NOTE:
ATC: GO TO 15 .
BCU: GO TO 3 .
BIF: GO TO 4 .
ECU, Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201): GO TO 5 .
ECU, Level 11 (HPCR): GO TO 14 .
ECU, Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10): GO TO 6 .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 20 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System
EPC: GO TO 7 .
PLC: GO TO 8 .
PRF: GO TO 9 .
SFA: GO TO 10 .
SIC: GO TO 11 .
SSU: GO TO 16 .
TCU: GO TO 12 .
TEC: GO TO 17 .
UIC: GO TO 13 .
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
( 3 ) Check the connection of Basic Control Unit (BCU) (W08 - Cab Harness)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the basic control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace BCU and carry out an
operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 23 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see cowl harness W09.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the basic informator fails to appear on the display: Replace BIF and carry out an
operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
( 5 ) Checking the ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) control unit connection (W15
- harness - ECU Level 1)
Action:
→NOTE:
The ECU cannot be accessed via the basic informator if the ECU appears in
the basic informator′s display (BIF) as “U00”!
Reference 240-10-055 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (ECU Level 1 and ECU Level
12)
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the engine control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace ECU and carry out
an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 26 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System
Action:
Reference 240-10-055 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (ECU Level 1 and ECU Level
12)
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the engine control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace ECU and carry out
an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
X489 (AutoQuad transmission) or X657 (AutoQuad Plus transmission) 68-pin plug for EPC
Power supply: Lead 572 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23
29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (AutoQuad transmission only): Lead 930- Ground at pin 20
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the transmission control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace EPC and carry
out an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 330): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 30 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System
OK:If only the park lock controller fails to appear on the display: Replace PLC and carry out
an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab roof wiring harness W19.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the performance monitor fails to appear on the display: Replace PRF and carry out
an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Action:
Reference 240-10-029 , SE20-Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS and CSC Cab Suspension.
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the front axle/cab suspension controller fails to appear on the display: Replace SFA
and carry out an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W16.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the controller for the E-SCVs / E-ICVs fails to appear on the display: Replace SIC
and carry out an operational check.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 34 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the transmission control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace TCU and carry
out an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the user interface controller fails to appear on the display: Replace UIC and carry
out an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the engine control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace ECU and carry out
an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
( 15 ) Check the connection of the ClimaTrac controller (ATC) (wiring harness W47)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W47.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the controller for the ClimaTrac (automating air-conditioning) fails to appear on the
display: Replace ATC and carry out an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
( 16 ) Check the connection of steering system unit (SSU) (wiring harness W51)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W51.
29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 2A1
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the AutoTrac controller fails to appear on the display: Replace SSU and carry out
an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W39.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 2A1
Implement CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 974) at pin 2J3
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the interface controller fails to appear on the display: Replace TEC and carry out
an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary tests
Action:
→NOTE:
All related codes must be resolved before proceeding. Access the codes.
Result:
Action:
If a reprogramming procedure is aborted, the result is that the relevant control unit can no
longer be displayed.
Result:
NO:Reprogramming was started and aborted, GO TO: Reprogramming was aborted , Section
212, Group 40.
Action:
F104 (ELX)
ECU Engine control unit (Level 12) for tractors with open operator′s station F21/2 (BAT)
F21/3 (IGN)
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
Action:
→NOTE:
• BCU: GO TO 3 .
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
( 3 ) Check the connection of Basic Control Unit (BCU) (wiring harness W08)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W08.
Basic control unit (BCU) with 2 connectors: (for tractors up to serial no. 399887).
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 1.9 - 2.5 volts
Basic control unit (BCU) with 3 connectors: (for tractors from serial no. 399888).
29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 2A1
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the basic control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace BCU and carry out an
operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:If only the engine control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace ECU and carry out
an operational check.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 51 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary tests
Action:
1.1
Is access to the diagnostic mode impossible by any means (neither via the basic informator
BIF, nor performance monitor PRF, nor service plug X571)?
Result:
NO:Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the service plug (performance monitor or
Service ADVISOR) and a problem with the diagnostic unit can be ruled out: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Check battery voltage. See "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.
Check the power supply to the active 29-bit CAN BUS terminator (A14 or A62):
Fuse F04/13.
Diode K09/2 (3 amp).
Check the power supply for the electronics (ELX circuit):
Fuse F04/6.
ELX relay. See component testing “Relay for power supply to the electronics
(K01/2)”
Diode K09/1 (1 amp).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES:Check 29-bit CAN BUS. See "29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab)" , Section 213,
Group 45.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
Action:
Check the roll-mode switch via the performance monitor or Service ADVISOR.
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
NO:• Display in address BIF005 not OK: Recondition the switch or wiring as needed and carry
out an operational test. • No access to address BIF005: GO TO 2.3
Action:
→NOTE:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cowl harness
W09.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the basic informator (BIF): Replace BIF and
carry out an operational check.
NO:Repair the faulty connection as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
→NOTE:
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08 and cab roof
harness W19.
between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
OK:Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the performance monitor (PRF): Replace PRF
and carry out an operational check.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 57 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System
NO:Repair the faulty connection as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
4.1
Can a problem with the performance monitor or Service ADVISOR laptop and diagnostic
cable be ruled out?
Is access to diagnostic mode not possible only via the performance monitor?
Result:
YES:• If access is not possible only via the performance monitor: GO TO 4.2• If access to
diagnostic mode is not possible via the performance monitor and Service ADVISOR laptop
and a problem with the diagnostic unit can be ruled out: GO TO 4.2
Action:
• Hold down the “width (7)” key and “PTO speed (9)” key simultaneously for 8 seconds (CCD
or CAN on display).
• The “implement (2)” key allows you to change from CCD to CAN and back again.
• Use the “set / save” key to store the value in the memory.
Result:
NO:Basic setting is at CCD: Modify setting and carry out an operational test.
Action:
Ignition ON.
Use a multimeter to check the voltage at service plug X571 (service harness W33):
Result:
YES:GO TO 4.3
Action:
Use a multimeter to check the voltage at service plug X571 (service harness W33):
CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-
back or corroded contacts.
NO:Check the 29-bit CAN BUS connection from the active terminator A14 or A62 to the
service plug.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 59 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary tests
Action:
1.1
Can a problem with the performance monitor or Service ADVISOR laptop and diagnostic
cable be ruled out?
Is access to diagnostic mode only possible via the performance monitor, or not possible
by any means at all?
Result:
YES:• If access is not possible only via the performance monitor: GO TO 1.2• If no access to
diagnostic mode is possible by any means and a problem with the diagnostic unit can be
ruled out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
• Hold down the “width (7)” key and “PTO speed (9)” key simultaneously for 8 seconds (CCD
or CAN on display).
• The “implement (2)” key allows you to change from CCD to CAN and back again.
• Use the “set / save” key to store the value in the memory.
Result:
NO:Basic setting is at CCD: Modify setting and carry out an operational test.
Action:
2.1
• Ignition ON.
• Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571 (wiring harness W08):
Supply voltage
between pin B (lead 142) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 12 volts
→NOTE:
The power supply of 12 volts for service plug X571 is present with ignition
OFF and ON.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W08.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 63 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System
Result:
YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-
back or corroded contacts.
Action:
See reference “ 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and TIER I
Engines; without engine control unit) ”.
Result:
YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-
back or corroded contacts.
→NOTE:
( 1 ) Preliminary tests
Action:
Can a problem with the performance monitor or Service ADVISOR laptop and diagnostic
cable be ruled out?
Is access to diagnostic mode only possible via the performance monitor, or not possible
by any means at all?
Result:
YES:• If access is not possible only via the performance monitor: GO TO 1.2• If no access to
diagnostic mode is possible by any means and a problem with the diagnostic unit can be
ruled out: GO TO 2 .
Action:
• Hold down the “width (7)” key and “PTO speed (9)” key simultaneously for 8 seconds (CCD
or CAN on display).
• The “implement (2)” key allows you to change from CCD to CAN and back again.
• Use the “set / save” key to store the value in the memory.
Result:
NO:Basic setting is at CCD: Modify setting and carry out an operational test.
Action:
Check battery voltage. See "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.
Check the power supply to the active 29-bit CAN BUS terminator (A62):
Fuse F104.
Check the power supply for the electronics (ELX circuit):
Fuse F102.
ELX relay. See component testing “Relay for power supply to the electronics
(K101)”
Diode K108.
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W08.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Ignition ON.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
See “ 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and TIER II Engines; with
ECU Level 12) ”.
Result:
YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-
back or corroded contacts.
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Action:
IMPORTANT:
IMPORTANT:
Observe PDM (MagiKey) voltage indicator light during reprogramming. The indicator
light (green) must be permanently on during reprogramming procedure. If the voltage
indicator light is flashing, connection of diagnostic cable or plug (X571) may be loose.
Disconnect PDM (MagiKey) from computer and tractor and turn off the ignition for 15
seconds. Reconnect PDM (MagiKey) to computer and tractor and turn the ignition on.
To reduce the CAN BUS data traffic during reprogramming, remove all control unit fuses
from tractor with the exception of the fuse of the control unit to be reprogrammed. Try
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 69 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System
→NOTE:
Each control unit is put into the boot mode at the beginning of
reprogramming to ensure the data transfer to the control unit. The boot
mode is therefore a regular status during reprogramming.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:If reprogramming could not be successfully completed after several attempts to do so,
make a copy of all data from folder C:\sds\logapp and send it to DTAC.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
• Reference 240-10-003 , SE1 Starting and Charging Circuit (Open Operator′s Station)
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
Starting motor (M01) is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Additional references:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
2.1 Perform a visual inspection of starting motor (M01; on l.h. side of engine block) and of
the connector associated with it:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
Action:
→NOTE:
When the switch is actuated (in park lock or neutral positions), it must close.
Switch in position for forward, reverse or center park: Continuity A and B open
Result:
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, cab wiring
harness W08 and/or cowl harness W09:
Result:
Diagnostics
Horn not functioning properly for at least some of the time, horn not making the correct
sound.
Additional references:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
2.1 Perform a visual inspection of horn (H01; behind the front grille) and of the connector
associated with it:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Check the horn (H01) and horn switch (S04). See component checks for SE03 - Horn .
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 4 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the horn circuit
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, cab wiring
harness W08 and/or cowl harness W09:
Result:
Diagnosis
Additional References:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
2.1 Perform a visual inspection of wiper motor (M03; under the roof) and of the connector
associated with it:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08, cowl wiring
harness W09 and cab roof harness W19.
Result:
Diagnosis
Additional References:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
2.1 Perform a visual inspection of washer pump (M05; in the fluid reservoir) and of the
connector associated with it:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08, cowl wiring
harness W09 and cab roof harness W19:
Result:
Diagnosis
Additional References:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
2.1 Perform a visual inspection of wiper motor (M04; under the roof) and of the connector
associated with it:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and/or cab
roof harness W19:
Result:
Diagnosis
Additional References:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
2.1 Perform a visual inspection of washer pump (M06; in the fluid reservoir) and of the
connector associated with it:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08, cab roof
harness W19, wiper harness W24 and/or wiper switch harness W25:
Result:
Diagnostics
Symptoms:
• Heated rear window is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
• Indicator light in the switch is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on the heating wire (R17) or the switch of the rear window
heater and of the connectors associated with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Check heating wire (R17) and switch of the rear window heater (S111), see Reference
240-15-031 (SE31 - Heated rear window).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of the heated rear window circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 232 between fuse F03/16 and switch of the rear window heater (S111).
• Check positive lead 200 from switch of the rear window heater (S111) to heating wire
(R17).
• Check ground lead 310 of heating wire (R17) and of switch of rear window heater (S111).
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cab roof
harness W19:
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Transmission and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control or with Level 1 ECU (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for 6320, 6420 and 6520 Tractors with
AutoQuad Transmission and TIER I Engine
[ with Level 1 ECU (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Transmissions from serial no. 398656 and TIER II Engine
[ mit ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT Transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 11 ECU (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT Transmission
from Serial No. 398656 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 11 ECU (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of References.
Result:
Diagnostics
Symptoms:
• Cigarette lighter is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Additional references:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
2.1 Perform a visual inspection of cigarette lighter (E05) and of the connectors associated
with it:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
Action:
Check cigarette lighter (E05); see Reference 240-15-004 (component checks for SE04
cigarette lighter and operator′s seat circuit).
Result:
YES: GO TO 4
( 4 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the cigarette lighter circuit
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
Symptoms:
• Beacon light (E27) is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
• Indicator light (H41) is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Additional references:
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on beacon light (E27), on indicator light (H41), on beacon
light switch (S36), and their associated connectors:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check beacon light switch (S36); see Reference 240-15-010 (SE13 - Beacon light).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the beacon light circuit
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cab roof
harness W19.
Result:
Diagnostics
→NOTE:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 6
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Symptoms:
Parking light is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Parking light functioning on one side only.
Dipped headlights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Dipped headlight functioning on one side only.
Full-beam headlights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Full-beam headlight functioning on one side only.
H4 farm headlights on cab frame are not functioning properly for at least some of the
time.
H4 farm headlights on cab frame functioning on one side only.
H4 farm headlights on cab frame do not switch from dipped to full beam and vice versa.
Diagnostics on dipped-beam farm headlights (with H4 farm headlights on the cab frame)
Diagnostics on full-beam farm headlights (with H4 farm headlights on the cab frame)
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on clearance lights (E03/E04 or E07/E08) at the front of the
cab frame, on tail/brake/turn-signal light (E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders and on all the
associated connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check clearance lights (E03/E04 or E07/E08) at the front of the cab frame, tail/brake/turn-
signal light (E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders and light switch (S09); see Reference
240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the parking light circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).
• Check positive lead 158 between light switch (S09) and fuses (F07/10 and F07/11).
• Check positive lead 118 or 128 between fuses (F07/10 and F07/11) and clearance lights
(E03/E04 or E07/E08) on the front of the cab frame, and check tail/brake/turn-signal light
(E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders.
• Check ground lead 310 of clearance lights (E03/E04 or E07/E08) at the front of the cab
frame and tail/brake/turn-signal light (E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders.
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch
(S10); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the dipped-beam headlight
circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).
• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).
• Check positive lead 144 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/02).
• Check positive lead 169 between relay K08/02 and fuse F07/15.
• Check positive lead 164 between fuse F07/15 and fuses F07/06 and F07/07.
• Check positive leads 124 and 114 between fuses F07/06 and F07/07 and headlights (E01
and E02).
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch
(S10); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the full-beam headlight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).
• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).
• Check positive lead 159 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/01).
• Check positive lead 167 between relay K08/01 and fuse F07/16.
• Check positive lead 139 between fuse F07/16 and headlights E01 and E02.
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09), dipped-/full-beam switch (S10)
and headlight/additional light selector switch (S11); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 -
Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the dipped-beam headlight
circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).
• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).
• Check positive lead 144 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/02).
• Check positive lead 169 between relay (K08/02) and relay (K08/03).
• Check positive lead 131 between headlight/additional light selector switch (S11) and relay
(K08/03).
• Check positive lead 164 between relay (K08/03) and fuses (F07/06 and F07/07).
• Check positive leads 124 and 114 between fuses (F07/06 and F07/07) and headlights (E01
and E02).
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on H4 farm headlights on the cab frame (E07 and E08) and
their associated connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check additional headlights on the cab frame (E07 and E08), light switch (S09), dipped-/full-
beam switch (S10) and headlight/additional light selector switch (S11); see Reference
240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the dipped-beam farm
headlight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).
• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).
• Check positive lead 144 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/02).
• Check positive lead 169 between relay (K08/02) and relay (K08/04).
• Check positive lead 131 between headlight/additional light selector switch (S11) and relay
(K08/04).
• Check positive lead 104 between relay (K08/04) and fuses (F07/13 and F07/14).
• Check positive leads 174 and 184 between fuses (F07/13 and F07/14) and headlights
(E07und E08).
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09), dipped-/full-beam switch (S10)
and headlight/additional light selector switch (S11); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 -
Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the full-beam headlight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).
• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).
• Check positive lead 159 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/01).
• Check positive lead 167 between relay K08/01 and fuse F07/08.
• Check positive lead 177 between fuse F07/08 and relay K08/04.
• Check positive lead 131 between headlight/additional light selector switch (S11) and relay
K08/04.
• Check positive lead 109 between relay K08/04 and fuse F07/09.
• Check positive lead 139 between fuse F07/09 and headlights (E01 and E02).
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on H4 farm headlights on the cab frame (E07 and E08) and
their associated connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check additional headlights on the cab frame (E07 and E08), light switch (S09), dipped-/full-
beam switch (S10) and headlight/additional light selector switch (S11); see Reference
240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the full-beam farm headlight
circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).
• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).
• Check positive lead 159 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/01).
• Check positive lead 167 between relay K08/01 and fuse F07/08.
• Check positive lead 177 between fuse F07/08 and relay K08/04.
• Check positive lead 131 between headlight/additional light selector switch (S11) and relay
(K08/04).
• Check positive lead 129 between relay (K08/04) and headlights (E07 and E08).
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
Problem with the Lighting System (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station)
65
Symptoms:
Parking light is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Parking light functioning on one side only.
Dipped headlights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Dipped headlight functioning on one side only.
Full-beam headlights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Full-beam headlight functioning on one side only.
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on clearance lights (E03/E04) at the front of the cab frame,
on tail/brake/turn-signal light (E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders and on all the associated
connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check clearance lights (E03/E04) at the front of the cab frame, tail/brake/turn-signal light
(E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders and light switch (S09); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06
- Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the parking light circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F109 and light switch (S09).
• Check positive lead 158 from light switch (S09) via the plug with wiring bridges (X269) to
fuses F113 and F114.
• Check positive lead 118 or 128 between fuses F113 and F114 and clearance lights (E03/E04
or E07/E08) on the front of the cab frame, and check tail/brake/turn-signal lights (E13/E14) on
the rear of the fenders.
• Check ground lead 310 of clearance lights (E03/E04 or E07/E08) at the front of the cab
frame and tail/brake/turn-signal light (E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders.
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light
wiring harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch
(S10); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the dipped-beam headlight
circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F109 and light switch (S09).
• Check positive lead 103 from light switch (S09) to the plug with wiring bridges (X269), and
from there positive lead 113 to the dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).
• Check positive lead 144 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay K103.
• Check positive lead 169 from relay K103 to the fuses F111 and F112.
• Check positive leads 124 and 114 from fuses F111 and F112 to the headlights (E01 and
E02).
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light
wiring harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.
Result:
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch
(S10); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the full-beam headlight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F109 and light switch (S09).
• Check positive lead 103 from light switch (S09) to the plug with wiring bridges (X269), and
from there positive lead 113 to the dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).
• Check positive lead 159 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay K106.
• Check positive lead 139 from fuse F110 to the headlights (E01 and E02).
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light
wiring harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.
Result:
Symptoms:
Worklights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Worklights functioning on one side only.
• If there are problems with the worklights at the front corner , see:
• If there are problems with the worklights at the cab frame (with H3 illuminant) , see:
• If there are problems with the worklights at the front of the roof , see:
• If there are problems with the worklights at the rear of the roof , see:
• If there are problems with the worklights on the rear of the fenders , see:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of front corner worklights (E09) and of the connectors
associated with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check front corner worklights (E09) and worklight switch (S59); see Reference 240-15-006
(component checks for SE07 worklight circuit).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 199 between relay K08/07 and fuse F06/07.
• Check positive lead 179 between fuse F06/07 and worklight switch S59.
• Check positive lead 111 between worklight switch (S59), worklights (E09) and indicator
light (H66).
For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E20) on cab frame and of the connectors
associated with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check worklights (E20) on the cab frame and worklight switch (S11); see Reference
240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 117 between fuse F07/04 and relay K08/04.
• Check positive lead 131 between worklight switch (S11) and relay K08/04.
• Check positive lead 129 between relay K08/04, worklights (E20) and indicator lights
(H72/H73).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E18) at the front of the roof and of the
connectors associated with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check worklights (E18) at front of roof and worklight switch (S92-1); see Reference
240-15-006 (SE07 - Worklights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 198 between relay K08/05 and fuse F06/11 or F06/12.
• Check positive lead 145 or 132 between fuse F06/11 or F06/12 and worklight switch
(S92-1).
• Check positive lead 146 or 147 between worklight switch (S92-1) and worklights (E18).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, cab roof and fan
harness W19 and adapter harness W21 for worklights in the cab roof.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E11) at the rear of the roof and of the
connectors associated with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check worklights (E11) at rear of roof and worklight switch (S92-2); see Reference
240-15-006 (SE07 - Worklights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 197 between relay K08/06 and fuse F06/09 or F06/10.
• Check positive lead 115 or 162 between fuse F06/09 or F06/10 and worklight switch
(S92-2).
• Check positive lead 136 or 187 between worklight switch (S92-2) and worklights (E11).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, cab roof and fan
harness W19 and adapter harness W21 for worklights in the cab roof.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E31) at the rear of the roof and of the
connectors associated with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check worklights (E31) at rear of roof and worklight switch (S115); see Reference 240-15-006
(SE07 - Worklights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 197 between relay K08/06 and fuse F06/09 or F06/10.
• Check positive lead 115 or 162 between fuse F06/09 or F06/10 and worklight switch
(S115).
• Check positive lead 136 or 187 between worklight switch (S115), worklights (E31) and
indicator light (H64).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, cab roof and fan
harness W19 and adapter harness W21 for worklights in the cab roof.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E15) on the rear of the fenders and of the
connectors associated with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check worklights on the fenders (E15) and worklight switch (S61); see Reference 240-15-006
(SE07 - Worklights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 199 between relay K08/07 and fuse F06/08.
• Check positive lead 172 between fuse F06/08 and worklight switch (S61).
• Check positive lead 133 between worklight switch (S61), worklights (E15) and indicator
light (H65).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
Result:
Symptoms:
Worklights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Worklights functioning on one side only.
• If there are problems with the worklights on the front of the fenders , see:
• If there are problems with the worklights on the rear of the fenders , see:
Additional references:
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E16) on the rear of the fenders and of the
connectors associated with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check worklights on the fenders (E16) and worklight switch (S105); see Reference
240-15-006 (SE07 - Worklights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 162 between fuse F120 and relay K109.
• Check positive lead 141 from relay K109 to worklight switch (S105).
• Check positive lead 156 between worklight switch (S105) and worklights (E16).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E15) on the rear of the fenders and of the
connectors associated with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Check worklights on the fenders (E15) and worklight switch (S92-2); see Reference
240-15-006 (SE07 - Worklights).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 135 between fuse F21/1 and worklight switch (S92-2).
• Check positive lead 136 between worklight switch (S92-2) and worklights (E15).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.
Result:
Diagnostics
• Indicator lights remain on.
Additional references:
• Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station from
Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X618) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure resistance between pin 17 (lead 353) on plug
X618 and any suitable ground point:
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit, repair as needed and carry out an operational test. GO TO 3
NO:Check lead 353, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure resistance between pin 4 (lead 329) on plug X617
and any suitable ground point:
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit, repair as needed and carry out an operational test. GO TO 4
NO:Check lead 329, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X618) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure resistance between pin 26 (lead 602) on plug
X618 and any suitable ground point:
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and indicator light for transmission oil temperature, repair as
needed and carry out an operational test. GO TO 5
NO:Check lead 602, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X617) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure resistance between pin 24 (lead 351) on plug
X617 and any suitable ground point:
Switch closed: Pressure from 5.9-6.9 kPa (59-69 mbar; 0.86-1.0 psi)
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and air cleaner restriction warning light, repair as needed and
carry out an operational test. GO TO 6
NO:Check lead 602, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X618) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure resistance between pin 23 (lead 347) on plug
X618 and any suitable ground point:
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and engine oil pressure indicator light, repair as needed and
carry out an operational test. GO TO 7
NO:Check lead 602, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pin 25 (lead 306) on plug X617
and any suitable ground point:
Alternator D+
Engine OFF (ignition on) Voltage 0 volts
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and alternator indicator light, repair as needed and carry out
an operational test. GO TO 8
NO:Check lead 306, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.If necessary, check
the alternator. See: Alternator Checks , Section 240, Group 15.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X618) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pin 4 (lead 927) on plug X618
and any suitable ground point:
Differential lock
Differential lock OFF Voltage 0 volts
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and differential lock indicator light, repair as needed and
carry out an operational test. GO TO 9
NO:Check lead 927, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pins 19 (lead 813), 18 (lead 814)
and 17 (lead 815) on plug X617 and any suitable ground point:
Tractor with one trailer : Pin 18 (lead 814) Voltage 12 volts in time with flashing signal
Tractor with two trailers : Pin 17 (lead 815) Voltage 12 volts in time with flashing signal
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and turn-signal indicator lights, repair as needed and carry
out an operational test. GO TO 10
NO:Check the relevant lead, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pin 2 (lead 158) on plug X617
and any suitable ground point:
Back-lighting
Switch tractor′s park lights ON : Voltage 12 volts
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and back-lights, repair as needed and carry out an
operational test. GO TO 11
NO:Check lead 158, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pin 21 (lead 145) on plug X617
and any suitable ground point:
Worklights
Switch tractor′s worklights ON : Voltage 12 volts
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and worklight indicator light, repair as needed and carry out
an operational test. GO TO 12
NO:Check lead 145, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.If necessary, check
the worklight circuit. See: Reference 240-10-008 , SE7 - Worklights.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X618) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pin 22 (lead 159) on plug X618
and any suitable ground point:
Worklights
Switch tractor′s headlights ON at full-beam: Voltage 12 volts
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and full-beam indicator light, repair as needed and carry out
an operational test. GO TO 13
NO:Check lead 159, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.If necessary, check
the full-beam circuit. See: Reference 240-10-007 , SE6 - Lights.
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X618) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to check ground connection between pin 24 (lead 503) on
plug X618 and any suitable ground point:
Switch open: Pressure from 630-1040 kPa (6.3-10.4 bar) (91-151 psi)
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and transmission oil pressure warning light, repair as needed
and carry out an operational test. GO TO 14
NO:Check lead 503, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.If necessary, check
the sending unit for transmission oil pressure warning light (B31).
( 14 ) Checking the light that warns of a restriction at the transmission oil filter
Action:
• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.
• Use the JT05791A multimeter to check ground connection between pin 22 (lead 606) on
plug X617 and any suitable ground point:
• When pressure-free, the sending unit is open. It is forced to close while the engine is
running and the transmission oil filter is full.
Sending unit for transmission oil filter restriction warning light (B07)
Switch open: Pressure below 448 kPa (4.48 bar; 65 psi)
Switch closed: Pressure from 448-827 kPa (4.48-8.27 bar) (65-120 psi)
• The low-temperature switch should also close the contact at the following temperatures:
Result:
YES:Check the instrument unit and the light that warns of a restriction at the transmission oil
filter, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.
NO:Check leads 606 and 510, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.If
necessary, check the sending unit for the light that warns of a restriction at the transmission
oil filter (B07), and check low-temperature switch (B29). See:With open operator′s station•
Reference 240-10A-004 , SE02 - Instrument unit
Symptom:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Check positive lead from battery to battery cut-off relay for damage, repair
or replace as required.
→NOTE:
Diagnostics
Additional references:
Action:
• Ignition OFF.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
• Connect terminals A (lead 410) and B (lead 310) of plug X593 using a wiring bridge.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed, repair battery cut-off switch and carry out an operational test.
NO: GO TO 3
Action:
• Check resistance between battery cut-off switch connector X593, terminal B (lead 310) and
vehicle ground.
Result:
YES:Check lead 410 to battery cut-off switch. Repair as needed and carry out an operational
test.
Symptom:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Check positive lead from battery to battery cut-off relay for damage, repair
or replace as required.
→NOTE:
Diagnostics
Additional references:
Action:
• Ignition OFF.
• Connect pin 85b at battery cut-off relay to ground using a wiring bridge.
• Connect pin 85a at battery cut-off relay to ground using a wiring bridge.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5
NO: GO TO 3
Action:
• Check for continuity between terminal 2 (lead 266) at battery cut-off switch (S125) and
terminal 87A at relay K57 for battery cut-off switch.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4
( 4 ) Check ground connection of relay K57 for the battery cut-off switch
Action:
• Check resistance between terminal 30 (lead 310) at battery cut-off switch (S125) and
vehicle ground.
Result:
Action:
• Connect terminals 2 (lead 266) and 3 (lead 261) of plug X696 using a wiring bridge.
• Connect terminals 2 (lead 266) and 1 (lead 410) of plug X696 using a wiring bridge.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
NO:Check lead 261 or 410 to battery cut-off relay. Repair as needed and carry out an
operational test.
Symptoms:
• If there are problems with the electric rear-view mirror adjustment , see:
• If there are problems with the electric rear-view mirror heater , see:
Additional references:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on mirror adjusting motors (M19 and M20) and their
associated connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Check mirror adjusting motors (M19 and M20) and mirror arm adjusting switch (S109), see
Reference 240-15-030 (SE29 - Electric rear-view mirrors).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
• Check positive lead 181 between fuse F05/10 and mirror arm adjusting switch (S109).
• Check control leads 926 and 954 between mirror arm adjusting switch (S109) and r.h.
mirror adjusting motor (M20).
• Check control leads 923 and 965 between mirror arm adjusting switch (S109) and l.h.
mirror adjusting motor (M19).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, electric rear-view
mirror harness W34 and cab roof harness W19.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on mirror adjusting motors (M19 and M20) and their
associated connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Check mirror adjusting motors (M19 and M20) and mirror adjusting switch (S104), see
Reference 240-15-030 (SE29 - Electric rear-view mirrors).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of electric rear-view mirror circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 181 between fuse F05/10 and mirror adjusting switch (S104).
• Check control leads 914, 916 and 917 between mirror adjusting switch (S104) and r.h.
mirror adjusting motor (M20).
• Check control leads 913, 915 and 982 between mirror adjusting switch (S104) and l.h.
mirror adjusting motor (M19).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, electric rear-view
mirror harness W34 and cab roof harness W19.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection of electric rear-view mirrors and of the connectors associated
with them.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Check heater coils of mirrors at rear side of the glass and mirror heater switch (S103), see
Reference 240-15-030 (SE29 - Electric rear-view mirrors).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of electric rear-view mirror heater circuit
Action:
• Check positive lead 181 between fuse F05/10 and mirror heater switch (S103).
• Check positive lead 919 between mirror adjusting switch (S104) and r.h. mirror adjusting
motor (M20).
• Check control leads 913, 915 and 982 between mirror heater switch (S103) and mirror
heater coils.
• Check ground lead 310 of mirror heater coils and mirror heater switch (S103).
For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, electric rear-view
mirror harness W34 and cab roof harness W19.
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on switches S104 and S109 and their associated connectors.
1.2 Preliminary test of the lighting circuit for switches S104 and S109
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
( 2 ) Check components of the lighting circuit for switches S104 and S109
Action:
Check mirror adjusting switch (S104) and mirror arm adjusting switch (S109), see Reference
240-15-030 (SE29 - Electric rear-view mirrors).
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of the lighting circuit for switches S104
and S109
Action:
• Check positive lead 318 between fuse F06/05 and mirror adjusting switch (S104).
• Check positive lead 318 between fuse F06/05 and mirror arm adjusting switch (S109).
For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cab roof
harness W19.
Result:
Symptoms:
Clutch problem.
Problem with gear and/or range shift.
Park lock does not engage/disengage.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
• Reference 250-15-013 , SyncroPlus Transmission - Layout of Test Ports and Sending Units.
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
See Reference 250-05-001 , Introductory Checks for Transmission and Hydraulic Diagnosis.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Symptoms:
Clutch problem.
Problem with forward/reverse modulation.
Problem with gear and/or range shift.
Park lock does not engage/disengage.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
• Reference 251-15-014 , Power Reverser - Layout of Test Ports and Sending Units.
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
See Reference 250-05-001 , Introductory Checks for Transmission and Hydraulic Diagnosis.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211. Rectify the fault and do an operational test.
NO:If no diagnostic trouble codes associated with the symptom exist or the diagnostic
procedure was carried out for existing diagnostic trouble codes, but this did not solve the
problem: GO TO 2 .
Action:
→NOTE:
For test result table and detailed information about the pressure tests, see
Reference 253-15-001 ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”.
The test result table (pressure test for transmission and other consumers)
can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it to be filled out and
transmitted electronically. See test result table for diagnostic trouble
codes TCU 304077.07 and TCU 304079.07.
1. System pressure.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 173 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission
CAUTION:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:For the evaluation of the test result table see Reference 253-15-001A , Determining the
Cause of an Hydraulic Malfunction that Triggers Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07 and
TCU 304079.07.
Action:
→NOTE:
1. Fill out the checklist in full, see Reference 253-15-009B , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission -
Checklist (List of Questions) for Noises/Vibrations
2. Send checklist and test result table (pressure test for transmission and other
consumers) to the relevant After-Sales Service station.
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed. Send checklist and test result table (pressure test for transmission
and other consumers) to the relevant After-Sales Service station.
Symptom:
Diagnostics
Additional references:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211. Rectify the fault and do an operational test.
NO:If no diagnostic trouble codes associated with the symptom exist or the diagnostic
procedure was carried out for existing diagnostic trouble codes, but this did not solve the
problem: GO TO 2 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the clutch pedal all the way down. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the switch is actuated
indicates a defective potentiometer.
Point at which the clutch pedal switch trips (ON and OFF): Voltage range between 3.6 and 3.9 volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the switch is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.
Point at which brake pedal switch trips when pedal is depressed (brake
valid voltage range less than 1.7 volts
light ON):
Point at which brake pedal switch trips when pedal is released (brake light
valid voltage range above 1,25 volts
OFF):
Point at which brake pedal switch trips when pedal is depressed (brake
valid voltage range less than 1.7 volts
light ON):
Point at which brake pedal switch trips when pedal is released (brake light
valid voltage range above 1,25 volts
OFF):
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:• GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch (S40) ; see Section 245, Group UIC in the
Technical Manual.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for
Seat Switch (S40) ; see Section 245, Group UIC in the Technical Manual.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 6 .
Action:
1. Tires worn?
2. Is the tire size approved for the tractor?
Result:
YES:GO TO 6.2
Action:
Result:
YES:• Tractor is equipped with original tires: GO TO 7 .• Tractor is not equipped with original
tires: GO TO 6.3.
Action:
→NOTE:
Result:
NO:Calculated front wheel lead not within the specified range: Repair as needed and carry
out an operational test.
( 7 ) Fill out the checklist for AutoPowr/IVT transmission and perform CAN
recording
Action:
→NOTE:
If the diagnostic procedure was completed but the fault could not be resolved, no
diagnostic trouble codes exist or the diagnostic procedure for existing codes could
not resolve the problem, perform the following:
1. Fill out the checklist in full, see Reference 253-15-009A , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission -
Checklist (List of Questions) for AutoPowr/IVT Problems
2. Do a CAN BUS recording on the tractor:
The DMUX32 application can be used for the CAN BUS recording.
IMPORTANT: If the fault occurs only when AutoPowr selector
(B83) is in its ECO position (selector between 3 and 5), two
separate CAN BUS recordings must be made. The two recordings
must be made under identical conditions.
1.) Record the problem with AutoPowr selector (B83) in position
5.
2.) Record the problem with AutoPowr selector (B83) in position 2
and engine speed reduced to 1700-1800 rpm via cruise control
potentiometer (A19).
Send the CAN BUS recording to the relevant After-Sales Service station only with
a detailed description of the recorded problem (surface conditions, what the
tractor is doing, how it is re-acting, etc).
1. Fill out the checklist in full, see Reference 253-15-009A , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission -
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 181 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed. Fill out the checklist (list of questions) in full and send the CAN
BUS recording(s) to DTAC (the relevant After-Sales service station).
Action:
See:
”Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group
05.
Result:
YES:No setting problem exists. Perform circuit test, see:• Reference 245-UIC-109 , Circuit
Test for Clutch Pedal Potentiometer (B65).• Reference 245-TCU-101 , Circuit Test for
Transmission Enable Signal from Relay K02/1 and Clutch Pedal Switch (S72).
Action:
Result:
YES:No setting problem exists. Perform circuit test: GO TO Reference 245-UIC-108 , Circuit
Test for Brake Pedal Sensors (B88).
Symptoms:
Clutch problem.
Problem with forward/reverse modulation.
Problem with gear and/or range shift.
Park lock does not engage/disengage.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
See Reference 250-05-001 , Introductory Checks for Transmission and Hydraulic Diagnosis.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Symptom:
Diagnosis
Additional References:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
Access input addresses in the EPC and in the BCU, see template:
EPC 900 - EPC-Settings for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions up to tractor
serial number 398655
BCU 904 - BCU-Settings for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions
EPC903 - EPC-Settings for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Plus Transmissions from tractor
serial number 398656
BCU 904 - BCU-Settings for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Plus Transmissions
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 187 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
Reverse drive lever in reverse position and 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) in the case of
Maximum pressure
clutch pedal not pressed: tractor models 6120 - 6320
1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:• System pressure not OK: See diagnostic procedure for diagnostic trouble code EPC
306051.04 - Transmission Enable Pressure Too Low .• Problem with modulation, GO TO 8 .
Action:
IMPORTANT:
Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.
• Access template EPC901 - Transmission Test for PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad and AutoQuad
Plus Transmissions .
• Move the reverse drive lever to forward (clutch pedal not pressed).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 188 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions
• With the reverse drive lever first in forward and then in reverse, go up through the gears
from 1st to 4th and check the transmission speed:
EPC901 - Transmission Test, Transmission Speed Sender (B104) with reverse drive lever in
forward
First gear and reverse drive lever in
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm) approx. 566 rpm
forward:
EPC901 - Transmission Test, Transmission Speed Sender (B104) with reverse drive lever in
reverse
First gear and reverse drive lever in
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm) approx. 590 rpm
reverse:
3rd gear
Result:
NO:• Problem occurs only in one direction of travel (reverse or forward): GO TO 6 . • Problem
at a shift element occurs in both directions of travel (reverse and forward): GO TO 7 .
Action:
Ask the operator or do a test-drive to decide which part of the transmission is at fault.
Result:
YES:Problem cannot be identified: Check the clutch/brake and the shift elements, GO TO 6 .
NO:• Problem occurs only in one direction of travel (reverse or forward): GO TO 6 . • Problem
at a shift element occurs in both directions of travel (reverse and forward): GO TO 7 .
Action:
Perform the pressure test at the direction clutch/brake with the engine running, the range
shift lever in neutral and the reverse drive lever in the relevant direction (i.e. the direction to
be checked).
For information on how to repair, see: “PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad and AutoQuad
Plus Transmissions - Summary of References” .
Result:
YES:• Check for mechanical defects at the clutch/brake. • Problem cannot be identified:
Check the shift elements, GO TO 7 .
Action:
Perform the pressure test at the shift elements with the engine running, the range shift lever
in neutral and the relevant gear selected for that shift element (i.e. the element to be
checked).
For information on how to repair, see: “PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad and AutoQuad
Plus Transmissions - Summary of References” .
Result:
YES:• Check for mechanical defects at the shift element.• Problem cannot be identified:
Check the shift elements, GO TO 8 .
Action:
8.1
For information on how to calibrate, see: Address EPC038 - Calibration Address, calibrating
the transmission .
Result:
YES:Test completed.
Action:
8.2
Result:
YES:Test completed.
Symptoms:
The symptoms indicate an electrical, hydraulic or mechanical fault at the rear PTO.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:
Amperage check with rear PTO engaged: Amperage 1 - 1.2 amps at 20°C and 12-volt rated voltage
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for rear PTO solenoid valve (Y04) .
Action:
Check pressure at the PTO brake and clutch. See reference 256-15-004 , Checking Pressure
at the Rear PTO and reference 256-15-006 , Drive Systems - Test Result Table.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Reasons why the rear PTO fails to turn, even although pressure exists:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
→NOTE:
The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
NO:Check the ground connection of the solenoid valve. See: Circuit/harness test for rear PTO
solenoid valve (Y04) .
Action:
Check pressure at the PTO brake and clutch. See reference 256-15-004 , Checking Pressure
at the Rear PTO and reference 256-15-006 , Drive Systems - Test Result Table.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Symptom:
The symptoms inidcate an electrical, hydraulic or mechanical fault at the front PTO.
Diagnosis
Additional References:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
Check the settings if the front PTO has just been installed for the first time, and every time
one of these control units is replaced.
Access addresses BCU023, BCU027, BCU030 and BIF060 or template BCU 900 - BCU-Settings
for Front PTO and BIF060 to check the input values.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:
Amperage check with front PTO engaged: Amperage 1 -1.2 amps at 20°C (68° F) and 12 volts nominal voltage
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for front PTO solenoid valve (Y01) .
Action:
Check pressure at the PTO brake and clutch. See reference 256-15-005 , Checking Pressure
at the Front PTO and reference 256-15-006 , Drive Systems - Test Result Table.
Result:
YES: GO TO 6 .
NO:See Reference 256-15-007 , Front PTO - Adjusting System Pressure. Repair as needed
and carry out an operational test.
Action:
Reasons why the front PTO fails to turn, even although pressure exists:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Action:
→NOTE:
The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
NO:Check Ground Connection of solenoid valve, see: Circuit/harness test for front PTO
solenoid valve (Y01) .
Action:
Check pressure at the PTO brake and clutch. See reference 256-15-005 , Checking Pressure
at the Front PTO and reference 256-15-006 , Drive Systems - Test Result Table.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:See Reference 256-15-007 , Front PTO - Adjusting System Pressure. Repair as needed
and carry out an operational test.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 202 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems
Action:
Result:
( 1 ) Preliminary Checks
Action:
1.1
1.2
• Check torque of the screws that hold on the front-implement drive. See “Specifications” in
Section 56 of the relevant Repair manual.
• For tractors with rough PTO engagement: Check the modulation valve. See “Reconditioning
the PTO Modulating Valve” in Section 56 of the relevant Repair manual.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
Action:
Check pressure at the PTO brake and clutch. See reference 256-15-005 , Checking Pressure
at the Front PTO and reference 256-15-006 , Drive Systems - Test Result Table.
Result:
NO:See Reference 256-15-007 , Front PTO - Adjusting System Pressure. Repair as needed
and carry out an operational test.
Symptoms:
Diagnosis
Additional References:
• Reference 260-15-060 , Bleeding the Brakes (Brake Valve, Power-Fill Brakes and MFWD and
Disc Brake).
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Checking the setting for front-wheel drive axle and air brakes at address
UIC032
Action:
Tractor with air brakes and without braked front-wheel drive axle: Status 2
Tractor without air brakes and with braked front-wheel drive axle: Status 1
Tractor without air brakes and without braked front-wheel drive axle: Status 3
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
Action:
Result:
YES:Test completed.
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Result:
YES:Test completed.
Symptoms:
Steering is stiff.
Steering function is slow or poor.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
Result:
YES:Test completed.
NO: GO TO 3 .
Action:
See: Reference 260-15-040 , Checking the Leaf Springs on the Steering Valve.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
See:
• Reference 270-10-010 , Hydraulic System - Load Check.
• Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic System.
Result:
YES:Test completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
• Address BCU 122 - Calibration of Hitch Control , Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical
Manual.
• For specifications, see Section 70, Group 20 in the relevant Repair manual.
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO:Do a calibration; see ”Address BCU 122 –– Calibration of rockshaft control” ; then repeat
the operational test.
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes were saved during the operational check: GO TO 3
Action:
See reference 250-05-001 , Introductory Checks for Transmission and Hydraulic Diagnosis.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
Action:
See Reference 270-15-132 , Rockshaft Valve - Checking the Depth to Which Pressure and
Discharge Valves are Screwed In.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Adjust the pressure and discharge valves, and calibrate the hitch control.
Action:
See:
• Reference 270-15-110 , Checking the Stepper Motor and Rockshaft Valve.
• Reference 270-15-130 , Rockshaft Valve - Checking for Leaks.
• Reference 270-15-131 , Rockshaft Valve - Checking the Pressure Relief Valve.
Result:
YES: GO TO 6 .
Action:
See:
• Reference 270-10-010 , Hydraulic System - Load Check.
• Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic System.
Result:
YES:Test completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
• Address BCU 122 - Calibration of Hitch Control , Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical
Manual.
• Operational check for the r.h. remote control switch (S23) , see Section 245, Group BCU in
the Technical Manual.
• Operational check for the l.h. remote control switch (S68) , see Section 245, Group BCU in
the Technical Manual.
• For specifications, see Section 70, Group 20 in the relevant Repair manual.
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
For input values, see address BCU 167 - Input Address for Rockshaft Components , Section
245, Group BCU in the Technical Manual.
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
See Reference 270-15-132 , Rockshaft Valve - Checking the Depth to Which Pressure and
Discharge Valves are Screwed In.
Result:
NO:Adjust the pressure and discharge valves, and calibrate the hitch control.
Group 80 - Miscellaneous
Problem with Suspended Front Axle
96
Diagnostics
CAUTION:
→NOTE:
If SFA diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a hydraulic problem
at the suspended operator′s cab as well as at the suspended front axle, this
indicates a general hydraulic problem (LS pressure and/or system
pressure).
Additional references:
• Address SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS in
Section 245, Group SFA of the Technical Manual.
• For specifications, see the relevant Repair manual, Section 80, Group 25.
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
See Reference 280-15-001 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - System Check.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Do a calibration; see Address SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel
drive axle with TLS ; then repeat the operational test.
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes were saved during the operational check: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Check the adjustment of the position sender (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor to Panhard Link).
Result:
NO:Adjust the rod and recalibrate suspended front-axle control unit: See Address SFA020 -
Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 6 .
NO:Adjust the nitrogen precharge and recalibrate the tractor: See Address SFA020 -
Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .
Action:
For more detailed information, see: ”Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the
Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Address
SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
CAUTION:
→NOTE:
If, apart from the indicator light being on, SFA diagnostic trouble codes are
stored as well, these codes must be processed first. If no diagnostic trouble
codes exist, proceed with diagnosis in progress.
Additional references:
• Address SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS in
Section 245, Group SFA of the Technical Manual.
• For specifications, see the relevant Repair manual, Section 80, Group 25.
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
→NOTE:
The SFA control unit receives BCU brake signals via the CAN BUS. If one of
the brake signals (l.h. or r.h. brake pedal) has a short, the SFA receives a
permanent signal from BCU. At the same time the brake signal turns off the
control function of the SFA. For this reason the indicator light comes on.
Before carrying out this brake signal test disconnect the l.h. and r.h. brake pedals.
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO: Circuit/harness test for brake pedal switch B112/B88 (Premium cab) .
Action:
See Reference 280-15-001 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - System Check.
Result:
YES: GO TO 5 .
NO:Do a calibration; see Address SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel
drive axle with TLS ; then repeat the operational test.
OK:If no diagnostic trouble codes were saved during the operational check: GO TO 5 .
Action:
Check the adjustment of the position sender (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 , Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor to Panhard Link).
Result:
NO:Adjust the rod and recalibrate suspended front-axle control unit: See Address SFA020 -
Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 7 .
NO:Adjust the nitrogen precharge and recalibrate the tractor: See Address SFA020 -
Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .
Action:
Check for mechanical defects at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in open/closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.
• ”Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Address
SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Diagnostics
Additional references:
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
Result:
YES:Test completed.
Symptoms:
Additional references:
Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test
Action:
1.1 Perform a visual inspection on fan motors (M07 and M10) under the operator′s seat and
their associated connectors.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
Action:
• See Reference 240-15-008 (component checks for SE10 fan and air-conditioning circuit).
Result:
YES:If there are problems with the fan′s output (only one fan motor operating), GO TO 3 .If
there are problems with the fan function, GO TO 4 .
Action:
• Check positive lead 222 between fuse F05/13 and fan motor (M10).
• Check positive lead 231 between fuse F05/14 and fan motor (M07).
• Check lead 234 between fan motors (M07 and M10) and fan switch (S14).
Result:
Action:
• Check positive lead 232 from fan relay (K10/01) to the fuses F05/13 and F05/14.
• Check signal lead 226 between stage 1 fan switch (S14) and fan relay (K10/01).
• Check positive lead 222 between fuse F05/13 and fan motor (M10).
• Check positive lead 231 between fuse F05/14 and fan motor (M07).
• Check positive lead 234 between fan motors (M07 and M10), stage 4 fan switch (S14) and
fan motor resistor (R03).
• Check connecting lead 223 between stage 3 fan switch (S14) and fan motor resistor (R03).
• Check connecting lead 221 between stage 2 fan switch (S14) and fan motor resistor (R03).
• Check connecting lead 226 between stage 1 fan switch (S14) and fan motor resistor (R03).
Result:
Diagnostics
CAUTION:
Additional references:
Before reconditioning, see Section 90, Group 10 in the relevant Repair manual.
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
Action:
Result:
YES:GO TO 2.2
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3
Action:
Result:
Diagnostics
CAUTION:
→NOTE:
If SFA diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a hydraulic problem
at the suspended operator′s cab as well as at the suspended front axle, this
indicates a general hydraulic problem (LS pressure and/or system
pressure).
Additional references:
• Address SFA021 - Calibration address for calibrating the cab suspension in Section 245,
Group SFA of the Technical Manual.
• For specifications, see Section 90, Group 30 in the relevant Repair manual.
Action:
→NOTE:
→NOTE:
Result:
YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.
( 2 ) Preliminary test
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
NO:Do a calibration; see Address SFA021 - Calibration address for calibrating the cab
suspension ; then repeat the operational test.
YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes were saved during the operational check: GO TO 4 .
Action:
Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).
Result:
NO:Adjust the rod and recalibrate the suspended cab control unit: See Address SFA021 -
Calibration address for calibrating the cab suspension .
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 6 .
NO:Adjust the nitrogen precharge and recalibrate the operator′s cab: See Address SFA021 -
Calibration address for calibrating the cab suspension .
Action:
For more detailed information, see Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension
- Control block, components.
Result:
NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Address SFA021 -
Calibration address for calibrating the cab suspension .
Action:
Result:
YES:Diagnosis completed.
Group 45 - Electronics
29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab)
General information:
Data transfer at the 29-bit CAN BUS takes place via the communication lines CAN+ (lead 934)
and CAN- (lead 935). The CAN communication lines are further protected by a live wire (lead
932) and a ground wire (lead 930) (these are the screen lines). These lines are twisted
together to reduce electro-magnetic interference.
Terminating resistors (A14 and A15 or A61 and A62) are located at the beginning and end of
the CAN-BUS communication lines. The terminating resistors are required to reduce faults in
the communication lines.
The terminating resistors A14 and A15 are of a different design: The active terminator A14
has 6 pins and the passive terminator A15 has 4 pins.
The terminating resistors A61 and A62 are of the same design. By assigning the pins
differently, they are used either as a passive terminator (A61, 4 leads) or an active
terminator (A62, 6 leads).
In addition to the power supply via the active terminating resistor, each individual control
unit sends a transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS.
→NOTE:
When ignition is OFF, the 29-bit CAN BUS does not go dead. When the
ignition is OFF, the basic informator (BIF) sends a voltage of approx. 0.6
volts on the communication lines (CAN+ and CAN-) of the 29-bit CAN BUS
(fuse F04/10).
Action:
1. Ignition ON.
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
IMPORTANT:
For the 29-bit CAN BUS to operate properly, the voltage measured by
multimeter JT05791A at CAN+ must be at least 0.1 volts more than the
voltage at CAN-.
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.2
NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is more than it should be: Check the communication
lines for a shorted circuit:
• CAN+ (lead 934).
• CAN- (lead 935).
Action:
→NOTE:
The passive terminator (A15 or A61) is supplied with voltage via the screen
lines.
1. Pull plug X227 or X614, leading to the passive terminator (A15 or A61), out of cab roof
harness (W19).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at plug X227 or X614:
Result:
YES:Test completed.
Action:
→NOTE:
The main supply of the 29-bit CAN BUS is via the active terminating resistor
A14 or A62 (2.5 volt carrier voltage). If there is a problem at the main
supply (blown fuse, failed diode or terminating resistor), the CAN BUS is
put out of action, although it is not necessarily dead. Every control unit
sends an additional transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS. If all the control
units are disconnected, the pure carrier voltage (2.5 volts) is sent on the
CAN BUS.
Check the power supply to the active terminating resistor (A14 or A62):
Fuse F04/13.
Diode K09/2.
ATC Control unit for ClimaTrac (automatic air-conditioning) F05/1 (ELX) and F05/14 (BAT)
ECU Engine control unit (Level 11) F04/1 (IGN) and F04/2 (BAT)
F03/2 (ELX)
ECU Engine control unit (ECU) (level 12) F04/2 (BAT)
F04/1 (IGN)
EPC Control unit for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions F04/15 (ELX) and F04/16 (BAT)
SFA Control unit for front axle and cab suspension F03/8 (BAT) and F04/9 (ELX)
SIC Controller for the E-ICVs F03/13 (BAT) and F03/15 (ELX)
SSU AutoTrac (steering system) control unit F06/14 (BAT) and F06/15 (ELX)
TCU Control unit for AutoPowr/IVT transmission F04/15 (ELX) and F05/5 (BAT)
TEC Control unit for tractor equipment interface F06/14 (BAT) and F06/15 (ELX)
1.
X571 9-pin service plug (CAN-BUS)
Ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect all the control units on the tractor from the 29-bit CAN BUS (pull out their
fuses):
3. Ignition ON.
4. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 volts (+/- 0.1 volts)
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 5 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Reconnect each control unit in turn to the 29-bit CAN BUS. Every time you
reconnect a control unit, measure the CAN-BUS voltage again.
1. Ignition ON.
2. Reconnect all the control units one after the other to the 29-bit CAN BUS by putting in
their fuses.
3. Every time you reconnect a control unit, use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage
at plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
NO:Recondition the relevant circuit of the control unit as needed and repeat the test.
Action:
4.1 - Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts:
1.
This test must be carried out with the power off.
Ignition OFF.
Pull the BAT fuse (F04/10) off the basic informator.
2. Pull out terminating resistor A14 or A62 on cowl harness W9 and replace it with special
tool DFLX12 (see Reference 299-05-015 , DFLX12 - Special Tool for 11-bit and 29-bit
CAN BUS).
3. Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts (this test cannot be
used to check the communication lines for grounds or shorts to external circuits!): Use
multimeter JT05791A to check the resistance at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
→NOTE: Special tool - DFLX12 takes a resistance of 120 ohms (+/- 1%).
With the CAN BUS main harness plugged in (main line/connections
plugged into the various harnesses), this test can be carried out at
every CAN BUS interface (i.e. at every control unit connection).
Result:
YES:GO TO 4.2.
Action:
Check leads 934 and 935 for a short to ground at service plug X571.
Result:
( 5 ) Check the power supply to the active terminating resistor (A14 or A62)
Action:
1.
X270 7-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (29-bit)
Result:
YES:Replace the terminating resistor (A14 or A62) and repeat the test.
Data transfer at the 29-bit CAN BUS takes place via the communication lines CAN+ (lead 934)
and CAN- (lead 935). These lines are twisted together to reduce electro-magnetic
interference.
Power supply to communication leads 934 and 935 is via the basic control unit BCU (fuse
F107).
At the end of the CAN BUS communication lines (close to the 9-pin service plug X571) is an
120-ohm terminating resistor (R19). This terminating resistor is required to reduce faults in
the communication lines.
• Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with open operator′s stations and
TIER I engine
Action:
1. Ignition ON.
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 1.9 - 2.5 volts
IMPORTANT:
For the 29-bit CAN BUS to operate properly, the voltage measured by
multimeter JT05791A at CAN+ must be at least 0.1 volts more than the
voltage at CAN-.
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is more than it should be: Check the communication
lines for a shorted circuit:
• CAN+ (lead 934).
• CAN- (lead 935).
Action:
Use multimeter JT05791A to check the resistance of terminator R19 (platform wiring harness
W08):
Terminator R19
CAN+, between pin C (lead 934) and pin D (lead 935): Resistance 120 ohms
Result:
YES:Test completed.
NO:Replace terminator R19 (on tractors with open operator′s station, near plug X483/1 basic
control unit (BCU)) and carry out an operational test.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 11 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics
Action:
Check battery voltage. See "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.
Check the power supply to the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934 and 935):
Check fuse F107 (10 amp).
Check power supply to service plug X571.
Check the 10-amp fuse F118.
Check the power supply for the electronics (ELX circuit, lead 072):
Fuse F102 (30 amp).
Check ELX relay K101, see component testing “Relay for power supply to the
electronics (K01/2)”
Diode K108 (1 amp).
Result:
YES: GO TO 4 .
( 4 ) Check the connection of Basic Control Unit (BCU) (platform wiring harness
W08)
Action:
For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W08.
29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 2A1
Result:
YES:Check communication lines 934 and 935 between the basic control unit (BCU) and
service plug X571.
NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
Data transfer at the 29-bit CAN BUS takes place via the communication lines CAN+ (lead 934)
and CAN- (lead 935). The CAN communication lines are further protected by a live wire (lead
932) and a ground wire (lead 930) (these are the screen lines). These lines are twisted
together to reduce electro-magnetic interference.
Terminating resistors (A61 and A62) are located at the beginning and end of the CAN-BUS
communication lines. The terminating resistors are required to reduce faults in the
communication lines. The terminating resistors A61 and A62 are of the same design. By
assigning the pins differently, they are used either as a passive terminator (A61, 4 leads) or
an active terminator (A62, 6 leads).
In addition to the power supply via the active terminating resistor, each individual control
unit sends a transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS.
• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with open operator′s stations and
TIER II engine
Action:
1. Ignition ON.
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
IMPORTANT:
For the 29-bit CAN BUS to operate properly, the voltage measured by
multimeter JT05791A at CAN+ must be at least 0.1 volts more than the
voltage at CAN-.
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.2
NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is more than it should be: Check the communication
lines for a shorted circuit:
• CAN+ (lead 934).
• CAN- (lead 935).
Action:
→NOTE:
The passive terminator (A61) is supplied with voltage via the screen lines.
1. Pull plug X614, leading to passive terminator (A61, 4 leads), out of wiring harness W08.
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at plug X614:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2 .
OK:Screen lines 930 and 932 are OK: Replace the active terminator (A62) and repeat the
test.
Action:
→NOTE:
The main supply of the 29-bit CAN BUS is via the active terminating resistor
A62 (2.5 volt carrier voltage). If there is a problem at the main supply
(blown fuse or terminating resistor), the CAN BUS is put out of action,
although it is not necessarily dead. Every control unit sends an additional
transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS. If all the control units are
disconnected, the pure carrier voltage (2.5 volts) is sent on the CAN BUS.
Check the power supply to the active terminating resistor (A62, 6 leads):
Fuse F104.
F107 (ELX)
BCU Basic control unit
F105 (BAT)
F104 (ELX)
ECU Engine control unit (Level 12) for tractors with open operator′s station F21/2 (BAT)
F21/3 (IGN)
1.
X571 9-pin service plug (CAN-BUS)
Ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect all the control units on the tractor from the 29-bit CAN BUS (pull out their
fuses):
3. Ignition ON.
4. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 volts (+/- 0.1 volts)
Result:
YES:• No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a problem in the CAN BUS:
Diagnosis completed.• Diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a problem in the CAN
BUS: GO TO 3 .
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Reconnect each control unit in turn to the 29-bit CAN BUS. Every time you
reconnect a control unit, measure the CAN-BUS voltage again.
1. Ignition ON.
2. Reconnect all the control units one after the other to the 29-bit CAN BUS by putting in
their fuses.
3. Every time you reconnect a control unit, use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage
at plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
NO:Recondition the relevant circuit of the control unit as needed and repeat the test.
Action:
4.1 - Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts:
1.
This test must be carried out with the power off.
Ignition OFF.
2. Pull active terminator (A62, 6 leads) out of wiring harness W08 and replace it with
special tool DFLX12 (see Reference 299-05-015 , DFLX12 - Special Tool for 11-bit and
29-bit CAN BUS).
3. Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts (this test cannot be
used to check the communication lines for grounds or shorts to external circuits!): Use
multimeter JT05791A to check the resistance at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 4.2.
Action:
Check leads 934 and 935 for a short to ground at service plug X571.
Result:
Action:
1.
X615 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (29-bit)
Pull plug X615, leading to active terminator (A62, 6 leads), out of wiring harness W08
(located near BCU plug X483/1).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the power supply at plug X615:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
Data transfer at the 29-bit implement CAN BUS takes place via the communication lines
CAN+ (lead 974) and CAN- (lead 975). The CAN communication lines are further protected by
a live wire (lead 972) and a ground wire (lead 970) (these are the screen lines). These lines
are twisted together to reduce electro-magnetic interference.
Terminating resistors are located at the beginning and end of the CAN-BUS communication
lines. The terminating resistors are required to reduce faults in the communication lines.
There are different types of terminating resistor. On the active terminating resistor, all 6 of
the pins are used, while on the passive resistor only 4 are used.
In addition to the power supply via the active terminating resistor, each individual control
unit sends a transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS.
Circuit test
( 1 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS voltage
Action:
1. Ignition ON.
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin J (lead 975) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.2
NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is more than it should be: Check the communication
lines for a shorted circuit:
• CAN+ (lead 974).
• CAN- (lead 975).
Action:
→NOTE:
The passive terminator (A53) is supplied with voltage via the screen lines.
1. Pull the 6-pin plug (X536) out of passive terminating resistor (A53).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage:
Result:
YES:Test completed.
Action:
→NOTE:
The main supply of the 29-bit implement CAN BUS is via the active
terminating resistor A69 or via the integral terminating resistor in the 60-
amp implement socket (2.5 volt carrier voltage). If there is a problem at the
main supply (defective lead or terminating resistor), the CAN BUS is put out
of action, although it is not necessarily dead. Every control unit sends an
additional transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS. If all the control units are
disconnected, the pure carrier voltage (2.5 volts) is sent on the CAN BUS.
Check the power supply to the active terminating resistor (A69, or integral terminating
resistor in 60-amp implement socket):
1. Ignition OFF.
2. Pull the implement BUS out of implement socket (X533).
3. Disconnect all the control units that are supplied with power by the tractor from the
implement BUS (pull out their fuses, see table above):
4. Ignition ON.
5. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin J (lead 975) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 volts (+/- 0.1 volts)
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Reconnect each control unit in turn to the 29-bit CAN BUS. Every time you
reconnect a control unit, measure the CAN-BUS voltage again.
1. Ignition ON.
2. Reconnect all the control units one after the other by putting in their fuses or by
inserting the implement BUS into the implement socket (X533) .
3. Every time you reconnect a control unit, use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage
at plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin J (lead 975) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
NO:Repair the relevant circuit of the control unit as needed and repeat the test.
Action:
4.1 - Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts:
1.
This test must be carried out with the power off.
Ignition OFF.
Pull out fuse (F05/11; for the TEC).
2. Pull out terminating resistor A53 (X535) on GreenStar harness W40 (cab roof) and
replace it with special tool DFLX12 (see Reference 299-05-015 , DFLX12-Special Tool for
11-bit and 29-bit CAN BUS).
3. Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts (this test cannot be
used to check the communication lines for grounds or shorts to external circuits!): Use
multimeter JT05791A to check the resistance at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
YES:GO TO 4.2.
Action:
Check leads 974 and 975 for a short to ground at service plug X571.
Result:
Action:
1.
Pull out plug (X533; implement socket) or plug (X658; active terminating resistor A69).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check to power supply to plug X533 or to plug X658:
Item Measurement Specification
Power supply of active terminating resistor A69 at plug X658 (if no implement socket is
installed)
between pin A (lead 271) and pin C (lead 050): Voltage 12 volts
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 29 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics
Power supply to active terminating resistor (integrated into implement socket), plug
X533
between pin 1B (lead 271) and pin 2B (lead
Voltage 12 volts
050):
Result:
YES:Replace terminating resistor (A69) or the implement socket and repeat the test.
After the log-on procedure is completed a log-on message for the Service ADVISOR
appears on the GreenStar Display 2100.
Service ADVISOR lists all control units logged on to the CAN BUS.
If the log-on procedure for the Service ADVISOR has failed e.g. because of a CAN BUS
malfunction, an error message will be displayed in Service ADVISOR.
Data transfer at the 11-bit CAN BUS takes place via the communication lines CAN+ (lead 944)
and CAN- (lead 945). The CAN communication lines are further protected by a live wire (lead
942) and a ground wire (lead 940) (these are the screen lines). These lines are twisted
together to reduce electro-magnetic interference.
Terminating resistors (A63 and A65) are located at the beginning and end of the CAN-BUS
communication lines. The terminating resistors are required to reduce faults in the
communication lines. The terminating resistors A63 and A65 are of the same design. By
assigning the pins differently, they are used either as a passive terminator (A65, 4 leads) or
an active terminator (A63, 6 leads).
Action:
1. Pull plug X622, leading to the passive terminator (A65), out of stepper motor harness
W32 (located near plug X462 at connecting point to rear transmission harness W30).
2. Ignition ON.
3. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at plug X622:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin F (lead 945) and pin D (lead 940): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
IMPORTANT: For the 11-bit CAN BUS to operate properly, the voltage
measured by multimeter JT05791A at CAN+ must be at least 0.1 volts
more than the voltage at CAN-.
Result:
YES:GO TO 1.2
NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is more than it should be: Check the communication
lines for a shorted circuit:
• CAN+ (lead 944).
• CAN- (lead 945).
Action:
→NOTE:
The passive terminator (A65) is supplied with voltage via the screen lines.
1. Pull plug X622, leading to the passive terminator (A65), out of stepper motor harness
W32 (located near plug X462 at connecting point to rear transmission harness W30).
2. Ignition ON.
3. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at plug X622:
Result:
YES:Test completed.
Action:
→NOTE:
The main supply of the 11-bit CAN BUS is via the active terminating resistor
A63 (2.5-volt carrier voltage). Every stepper motor and the control unit for
E-SCVs sends an additional transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS. If all the
components are disconnected (SIC and stepper motors), the pure carrier
voltage (approx. 2.5 volts) is sent on the CAN BUS.
Fuse F03/15.
1.
X622 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (11-bit)
Ignition OFF.
2. Pull plug X622, leading to the passive terminator (A65), out of stepper motor harness
W32 (located near plug X462 at connecting point to rear transmission harness W30).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 34 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics
3. Pull out the SIC plug X456 (SIC harness W16) and disconnect the stepper motors from
the CAN BUS (pull out the relays).
Summary of 11-bit CAN BUS components
M12, M13 and M14 E-ICV stepper motors 1, 2 and 3 Relay K02/5
4. Ignition ON.
5. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at plug X622:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin F (lead 945) and pin D (lead 940): Voltage 2.5 (+/- 0.1) volts
Result:
YES: GO TO 3 .
NO: GO TO 4 .
Action:
→NOTE:
Reconnect each component (circuit) in turn to the 11-bit CAN BUS. Every
time you reconnect a component, measure the CAN-BUS voltage again.
1. In turn, connect the SIC plug X456 and stepper motors to the CAN BUS (see allocation of
relays in the chart).
Summary of 11-bit CAN BUS components
M12, M13 and M14 E-ICV stepper motors 1, 2 and 3 Relay K02/5
2.
X622 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (11-bit)
Ignition ON.
3. Every time you reconnect a component, use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage
at plug X622:
Item Measurement Specification
CAN-, between pin F (lead 945) and pin D (lead 940): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
Result:
YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
NO:Repair the relevant circuit of the component as needed and repeat the test.
Action:
4.1 - Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts:
1. Ignition OFF (this test must be carried out with the power off).
2. Pull out passive terminator A65 (located near plug X462 at connecting point to rear
transmission harness W30) and replace it with special tool DFLX12 (see Reference
299-05-015 , DFLX12-Special Tool for 11-bit and 29-bit CAN BUS).
3. Pull plug X252 (NOT color-coded) out of the stepper motor for E-ICV 3 (on tractors
without the E-ICV 3 function, the plug is protected by a plastic cap).
4. Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts (this test cannot be
used to check the communication lines for grounds or shorts to external circuits!):
Result:
YES:GO TO 4.2
Action:
Result:
Action:
1. Pull plug X619, leading to active terminator (A63), out of SIC harness W16 on the rear
wall of the cab (located near SIC plug X456).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the power supply at plug X619:
Item Measurement Specification
Result:
→NOTE:
Action:
Confirm with customer that other vehicles in his fleet with JDLink systems can be contacted.
→NOTE:
Result:
YES: GO TO 2
NO: Possible causes:• vehicles out of cellular range• phone service outage• JD network
downCall hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR and ensure that the JD network is working properly.
When problem is corrected, attempt contact again
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 39 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics
Action:
Have customer start vehicle and drive it to an open area where it has clear view of sky
horizon.
→NOTE:
After the main (key) switch has been turned OFF, a vehicle can only be
contacted during the following 24 hours. Once 24 hours have elapsed, the
ignition must be turned ON again to enable contact to be made.
Result:
YES:Obtain and record the following information from the service technician• Time/Date•
Location• Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) GO TO 3
NO: GO TO 5
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 4
NO: GO TO 16
( 4 ) Location Check
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 22
Action:
Result:
Action:
- Performance monitor:
Access diagnostic trouble code and select JDL Control Unit using the "2"-key (up).
- Service ADVISOR:
Does JDL Control Unit address appear in the list of devices on the Bus?
Result:
YES: GO TO 7
NO: GO TO 26
Action:
- Performance monitor:
View any previously listed Diagnostic Trouble Codes recorded by vehicle and write them
down.
Result:
YES: GO TO 8
NO: GO TO 9
Action:
- Performance monitor:
000 (default)
See References: Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses and Diagnostic Trouble
Codes.
Use the flash to pass switch 3 times to arrive at right digit of three digit code
Use right turn signal lever to change this digit from a 0 to 1
Use the flash to pass switch once to retain right digit value of 1, value is now 001
Status should proceed from 003 dialing a number, to 004 normal connection mode, to 001
normal stand-by mode.
Result:
NO: GO TO 9
Action:
Result:
YES:If value is 006, 007, 008 , call hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR for further assistance.
NO:Values 001, 003, 004, 005 are normal cell phone statuses. GO TO 10
Action:
Remove cab roof and check coax connection between cellular antenna and JDLink Control
Unit.
→NOTE:
Check to see if the cellular antenna coax cable connections are loose
Result:
YES: GO TO 11
NO:Tighten connections GO TO 7
Action:
Remove cab roof and disconnect the co-ax cable at the JDLink Control Unit (cellular antenna).
Measure the resistance between the painted top (not the sides) of the antenna and the
center pin of the JDLink Control Unit connector (co-ax cable).
→NOTE:
Result:
YES: GO TO 12
NO: GO TO 15
Action:
Disconnect the coax cable at the JDLink Control Unit connector (cellular antenna).
Measure the resistance between the base of the cellular antenna and the shield of the coax
cable at the JDLink Control Unit connector.
Result:
YES: GO TO 13
Action:
Remove cab roof and disconnect the co-ax cable at the JDLink Control Unit (cellular antenna).
Measure the resistance between the center lead of the plug (co-ax cable) and shield of the
co-ax cable.
Result:
YES:Call hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR and advise that checks that have been made to this
point. Enter a DTAC case.
NO: GO TO 14
Action:
Remove roof of tractor and disconnect the coax cable at the JDLink Control Unit connector
and the cellular antenna connector by twisting the antenna off at the base.
Measure the resistance of the coax cable between the center conductor and the shield.
Result:
Action:
Remove cab roof and disconnect the co-ax cable at the JDLink Control Unit and at the cellular
antenna.
Measure the resistance of the co-ax cable at the center conductor between the JDLink Control
Unit connector and the cellular antenna connector.
Result:
YES:Verify that the center pin, that the cellular antenna threads onto is 2 mm (0.08 in.)
above the mount base and is clean and free of debris. If the connection looks clean, replace
the cellular antenna; otherwise repair the coax connection. GO TO 7
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 17
Action:
- Performance monitor:
Do these values match the JDLink Website values for this machine?
Result:
YES: GO TO 18
Action:
- Performance monitor:
Wait 2 minutes.
Result:
YES: GO TO 20
NO: GO TO 19
Action:
Result:
NO:If after 10 minutes a value of 003, 008, 012, 015 appear have service technician follow-
upIf after 10 minutes value is 255:Replace JDLink Control Unit GO TO 2
Action:
→NOTE:
Measure voltage at GPS harness end, connector GPS antenna center pin to shield.
Result:
YES: Replace GPS AntennaTurn key switch to OFF position.Wait for 15 seconds.Turn key
switch to ON position. GO TO 19
NO: GO TO 21
Action:
Remove cab roof and disconnect the GPS coax cable at the JDLink Control Unit connector.
Result:
Action:
In conversation with customer, is he reporting that JDLink Website alert log is missing vehicle
Level 1 (Red) or Level 2 (Yellow) alerts?
Result:
YES: GO TO 23
NO:Customer may have other problems that have not been addressed yet. The customer
may, for example, have problems navigating around in JDLink Website for which he needs to
call the hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR for assistance.
Action:
Were Diagnostic Trouble Codes any “Machine Data Configuration Fault” (298872.31-
298876.31) recorded in step 2?
Result:
YES:If the customer feels that some data is missing from the JDLink utilization log report, call
the hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR. GO TO 2
NO: GO TO 24
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 25
NO: GO TO 31
Action:
- Performance monitor:
Wait 2 minutes.
Result:
YES: If Diagnostic Trouble Code 000629.12 reappeared, replace JDLink Control Unit GO TO 2
YES:If Diagnostic Trouble Code 298885.31 appeared, call the hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR. If
Diagnostic Trouble Code 298883.31 reappeared, see Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS
Systems - Summary of References. GO TO 2
NO:Customer may have other problems that have not been addressed yet. The customer
may, for example, have problems navigating around in JDLink Website for which he needs to
call the hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR for assistance.DONE
Action:
For location of the frame ground connection (XGND10, cab roof harness W19) see:
• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Is the JDLink Control Unit grounded via the frame ground connection?
Result:
YES: GO TO 27
Action:
Result:
YES: GO TO 28
NO:Go to tractor battery and alternator diagnostics and check the SE1 starter motor and
charging circuit; see: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of
References
Action:
Measure voltage of JDLink Control Unit (harness end) between lead 952, pin A1 (unswitched
power) and lead 310, pin A2 (ground).
Is it 12-volt DC?
Result:
YES: GO TO 29
NO: GO TO 30
Action:
Measure voltage of JDLink Control Unit (harness end) between lead 971, pin A3 (switched
power) and lead 310, pin A2 (ground).
Is it 12-volt DC?
Result:
YES: GO TO 33
Action:
Check ground connection (XGND10, cab roof harness W19), lead 310. For location of the
frame ground connection see:
• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Is the JDLink Control Unit grounded via the frame ground connection?
Result:
YES: GO TO 31
Action:
To test the system, switch on rear PTO and adjust to 1000 or 540E rpm. After having done
this, increase speed to more than 620 rpm. A Level 2 (yellow) alert is initiated. This alert
must appear on the JDLink website.
Did the JDLink Website alert log record the Level 2 (Yellow) alert?
Result:
YES:DONEExplain to the customer that everything is working, and reason for his complaint
was JD network related or partial data transfer
NO: GO TO 32
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 57 SERVICE MANUAL
AllTractorManuals.com
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics
Action:
- Performance monitor:
Was alert "Rear PTO Speed too High, Reduce Engine Speed" (Diagnostic Trouble Code
000186.16) initiated?
Result:
YES: GO TO 33
Action:
Measure voltage of JDLink Control Unit (harness end) between lead 934, pin C2 (CAN+) and
lead 310, pin A2 (ground).
Result:
YES: GO TO 34
NO:Refer to schematic and repair: 29-BIT CAN BUS Test , Section 213, Group 45. GO TO 2
Action:
Measure voltage of JDLink Control Unit (harness end) between lead 935, pin D2 (CAN-) and
lead 310, pin A2 (ground).
Result:
NO:Refer to schematic and repair: 29-BIT CAN BUS Test , Section 213, Group 45. GO TO 2